1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
10 //
11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12 
13 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
14 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 #include <unordered_map>
52 
53 using namespace clang;
54 using namespace sema;
55 
56 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
57   if (OwnedType) {
58     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
59     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
60   }
61 
62   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
63 }
64 
65 namespace {
66 
67 class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
68  public:
69    TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false,
70                         bool AllowTemplates = false,
71                         bool AllowNonTemplates = true)
72        : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
73          AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) {
74      WantExpressionKeywords = false;
75      WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
76      WantRemainingKeywords = false;
77   }
78 
79   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
80     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
81       if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl())
82         return false;
83 
84       if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND))
85         return AllowTemplates;
86 
87       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
88       if (!IsType)
89         return false;
90 
91       if (AllowNonTemplates)
92         return true;
93 
94       // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid
95       // as a template or as a non-template.
96       if (AllowTemplates) {
97         auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
98         if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName())
99           return false;
100         RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext());
101         return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() ||
102                isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD);
103       }
104 
105       return false;
106     }
107 
108     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
109   }
110 
111   std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
112     return std::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
113   }
114 
115  private:
116   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
117   bool WantClassName;
118   bool AllowTemplates;
119   bool AllowNonTemplates;
120 };
121 
122 } // end anonymous namespace
123 
124 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
125 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
126   switch (Kind) {
127   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
128   // token kind is a valid type specifier
129   case tok::kw_short:
130   case tok::kw_long:
131   case tok::kw___int64:
132   case tok::kw___int128:
133   case tok::kw_signed:
134   case tok::kw_unsigned:
135   case tok::kw_void:
136   case tok::kw_char:
137   case tok::kw_int:
138   case tok::kw_half:
139   case tok::kw_float:
140   case tok::kw_double:
141   case tok::kw___bf16:
142   case tok::kw__Float16:
143   case tok::kw___float128:
144   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
145   case tok::kw_bool:
146   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
147   case tok::kw___auto_type:
148     return true;
149 
150   case tok::annot_typename:
151   case tok::kw_char16_t:
152   case tok::kw_char32_t:
153   case tok::kw_typeof:
154   case tok::annot_decltype:
155   case tok::kw_decltype:
156     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
157 
158   case tok::kw_char8_t:
159     return getLangOpts().Char8;
160 
161   default:
162     break;
163   }
164 
165   return false;
166 }
167 
168 namespace {
169 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
170   NotFound,
171   FoundNonType,
172   FoundType
173 };
174 } // end anonymous namespace
175 
176 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
177 /// dependent class.
178 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
179 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
180 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
181 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
182                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
183                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
184   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
185     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
186   // Look for type decls in base classes.
187   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
188       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
189   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
190     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
191     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
192       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
193     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
194       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
195       // templates.
196       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
197         continue;
198       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
199       if (!TD)
200         continue;
201       if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
202           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
203         if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
204           BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
205         else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
206           if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
207                   CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
208             if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
209               BaseRD = PS;
210         }
211       }
212     }
213     if (BaseRD) {
214       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
215         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
216           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
217         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
218       }
219       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
220         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
221         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
222           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
223         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
224           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
225           break;
226         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
227           break;
228         }
229       }
230     }
231   }
232 
233   return FoundTypeDecl;
234 }
235 
236 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
237                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
238                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
239   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
240   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
241   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
242       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
243   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
244        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
245        DC = DC->getParent()) {
246     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
247     // templates.
248     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
249     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
250       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
251   }
252   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
253     return nullptr;
254 
255   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
256   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
257   // lookup during template instantiation.
258   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_in_dependent_base) << &II;
259 
260   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
261   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
262                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
263   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
264 
265   CXXScopeSpec SS;
266   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
267 
268   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
269   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
270   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
271   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
272   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
273   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
274 }
275 
276 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
277 /// return the declaration of that type.
278 ///
279 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
280 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
281 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
282 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
283 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
284 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
285                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
286                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
287                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
288                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
289                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
290                              bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext,
291                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
292   // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension.
293   bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext &&
294                               getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
295                               !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot;
296 
297   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
298   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
299   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
300     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
301     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
302       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
303   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
304     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
305 
306     if (!LookupCtx) {
307       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
308         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
309         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
310         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
311         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
312         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
313         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
314         //
315         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
316         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
317         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
318           return nullptr;
319 
320         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
321         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
322         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
323           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
324 
325         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
326         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
327                                        II, NameLoc);
328         return ParsedType::make(T);
329       }
330 
331       return nullptr;
332     }
333 
334     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
335         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
336       return nullptr;
337   }
338 
339   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
340   // lookup for class-names.
341   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
342                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
343   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
344   if (LookupCtx) {
345     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
346     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
347     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
348     // nested-name-specifier.
349     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
350 
351     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
352       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
353       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
354       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
355       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
356       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
357       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
358       LookupName(Result, S);
359     }
360   } else {
361     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
362     LookupName(Result, S);
363 
364     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
365     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
366     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
367       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
368               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
369         return TypeInBase;
370     }
371   }
372 
373   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
374   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
375   case LookupResult::NotFound:
376   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
377     if (CorrectedII) {
378       TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName,
379                                AllowDeducedTemplate);
380       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind,
381                                               S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
382       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
383       TemplateTy Template;
384       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
385       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
386       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
387       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
388       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
389       if (SS && NNS) {
390         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
391         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
392       }
393       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
394           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
395           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
396           // is handled elsewhere).
397           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
398             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
399                            Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
400         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
401                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
402                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
403                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
404                                     IsClassTemplateDeductionContext);
405         if (Ty) {
406           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
407                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
408                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
409           if (SS && NNS)
410             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
411           *CorrectedII = NewII;
412           return Ty;
413         }
414       }
415     }
416     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
417     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
418   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
419   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
420     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
421     return nullptr;
422 
423   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
424     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
425     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
426     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
427     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
428     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
429     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
430       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
431       return nullptr;
432     }
433 
434     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
435     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
436          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
437       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) ||
438           (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) {
439         if (!IIDecl ||
440             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
441               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
442           IIDecl = *Res;
443       }
444     }
445 
446     if (!IIDecl) {
447       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
448       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
449       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
450       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
451       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
452       // a type name.
453       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
454       return nullptr;
455     }
456 
457     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
458     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
459     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
460     // perform the name lookup again.
461     break;
462 
463   case LookupResult::Found:
464     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
465     break;
466   }
467 
468   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
469 
470   QualType T;
471   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
472     // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name
473     // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class.
474     // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name.
475     auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
476     auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD);
477     if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD &&
478         FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() &&
479         declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent())))
480       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor)
481           << &II << /*Type*/1;
482 
483     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
484 
485     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
486     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
487   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
488     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
489     if (!HasTrailingDot)
490       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
491   } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) {
492     if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl))
493       T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD),
494                                                        QualType(), false);
495   }
496 
497   if (T.isNull()) {
498     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
499     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
500     return nullptr;
501   }
502 
503   // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
504   // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
505   // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
506   if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
507       !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
508     if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
509       // Construct a type with type-source information.
510       TypeLocBuilder Builder;
511       Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
512 
513       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
514       ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
515       ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
516       ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
517       return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
518     } else {
519       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
520     }
521   }
522 
523   return ParsedType::make(T);
524 }
525 
526 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
527 static NestedNameSpecifier *
528 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
529   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
530     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
531     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
532     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
533       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
534     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
535       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
536                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
537     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
538       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
539   }
540   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
541 }
542 
543 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
544 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
545 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
546 /// correctly rejects.
547 static const CXXRecordDecl *
548 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
549   for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
550     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
551     if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
552       if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
553         return MD->getParent();
554   }
555   return nullptr;
556 }
557 
558 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
559                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
560                                           bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
561   assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode");
562 
563   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
564   if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
565     // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
566     // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
567     // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
568     // lookup is retried.
569     // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
570     // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
571     // name specifiers.
572     NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
573     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
574   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
575                  findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
576     // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
577     // instantiation time.
578     NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
579                                       RD->getTypeForDecl());
580 
581     // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
582     // template instantiation.
583     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
584                                                                       << RD;
585   } else {
586     // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
587     return ParsedType();
588   }
589 
590   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
591 
592   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
593   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
594   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
595   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
596   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
597 
598   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
599   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
600   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
601   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
602   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
603   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
604 }
605 
606 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
607 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
608 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
609 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
610 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
611 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
612   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
613   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
614   LookupName(R, S, false);
615   R.suppressDiagnostics();
616   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
617     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
618       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
619       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
620       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
621       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
622       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
623       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
624       }
625     }
626 
627   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
628 }
629 
630 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
631 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
632 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
633 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
634 /// @code
635 /// template<class T> class A {
636 /// public:
637 ///   typedef int TYPE;
638 /// };
639 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
640 /// public:
641 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
642 /// };
643 /// @endcode
644 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
645   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
646     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
647       return true;
648 
649     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
650 
651     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
652     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
653       if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
654         return true;
655     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
656   }
657   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
658 }
659 
660 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
661                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
662                                    Scope *S,
663                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
664                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
665                                    bool IsTemplateName) {
666   // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders.
667   if (II->isEditorPlaceholder())
668     return;
669   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
670   SuggestedType = nullptr;
671 
672   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
673   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
674   TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false,
675                            /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName,
676                            /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName);
677   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
678           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
679                       CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
680     // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case.
681     bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName;
682     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
683       // We corrected to a keyword.
684       diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
685                    PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
686                                         : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
687                        << II);
688       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
689     } else {
690       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
691       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
692         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
693                      PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
694                                           : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
695                          << II, CanRecover);
696       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
697         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
698         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
699                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
700         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
701                      PDiag(IsTemplateName
702                                ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest
703                                : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
704                          << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(),
705                      CanRecover);
706       } else {
707         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
708       }
709 
710       if (!CanRecover)
711         return;
712 
713       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
714       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
715         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
716                           SourceRange(IILoc));
717       // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here.
718       SuggestedType =
719           getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
720                       tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
721                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
722                       /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
723     }
724     return;
725   }
726 
727   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) {
728     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
729     UnqualifiedId Name;
730     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
731     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
732     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
733     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
734     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
735                        Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
736                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
737       diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc);
738       return;
739     }
740   }
741 
742   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
743   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
744 
745   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
746     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template
747                                : diag::err_unknown_typename)
748         << II;
749   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
750     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template
751                                : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
752         << II << DC << SS->getRange();
753   else if (SS->isValid() && SS->getScopeRep()->containsErrors()) {
754     SuggestedType =
755         ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
756   } else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
757     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
758     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
759       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
760 
761     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
762       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
763       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
764       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
765     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
766                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
767   } else {
768     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
769            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
770   }
771 }
772 
773 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
774 /// or
775 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
776   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
777                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
778 
779   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
780     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
781       return true;
782 
783     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
784       return true;
785   }
786 
787   return false;
788 }
789 
790 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
791                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
792                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
793                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
794   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
795   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
796   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
797     StringRef FixItTagName;
798     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
799       case TTK_Class:
800         FixItTagName = "class ";
801         break;
802 
803       case TTK_Enum:
804         FixItTagName = "enum ";
805         break;
806 
807       case TTK_Struct:
808         FixItTagName = "struct ";
809         break;
810 
811       case TTK_Interface:
812         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
813         break;
814 
815       case TTK_Union:
816         FixItTagName = "union ";
817         break;
818     }
819 
820     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
821     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
822       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
823       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
824 
825     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
826          I != IEnd; ++I)
827       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
828         << Name << TagName;
829 
830     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
831     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
832     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
833     return true;
834   }
835 
836   return false;
837 }
838 
839 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
840 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
841                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
842   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
843 
844   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
845   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
846 
847   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
848   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
849   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
850   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
851   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
852 }
853 
854 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
855                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
856                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
857                                             const Token &NextToken,
858                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
859   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
860   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
861 
862   assert(NextToken.isNot(tok::coloncolon) &&
863          "parse nested name specifiers before calling ClassifyName");
864   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() &&
865       isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) {
866     // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the
867     // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that.
868     // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser
869     // will reject it later.
870     return NameClassification::Unknown();
871   }
872 
873   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
874   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
875 
876   if (SS.isInvalid())
877     return NameClassification::Error();
878 
879   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
880   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
881   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
882     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
883             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
884       return TypeInBase;
885   }
886 
887   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
888   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
889   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
890   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
891   if (SS.isEmpty() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
892     DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name);
893     if (Ivar.isInvalid())
894       return NameClassification::Error();
895     if (Ivar.isUsable())
896       return NameClassification::NonType(cast<NamedDecl>(Ivar.get()));
897 
898     // We defer builtin creation until after ivar lookup inside ObjC methods.
899     if (Result.empty())
900       LookupBuiltin(Result);
901   }
902 
903   bool SecondTry = false;
904   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
905 
906 Corrected:
907   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
908   case LookupResult::NotFound:
909     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
910     // call.
911     if (SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
912       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
913       // FIXME: Reference?
914       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
915         return NameClassification::UndeclaredNonType();
916 
917       // C90 6.3.2.2:
918       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
919       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
920       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
921       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
922       //   the function call, the declaration
923       //
924       //     extern int identifier ();
925       //
926       //   appeared.
927       //
928       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
929       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S))
930         return NameClassification::NonType(D);
931     }
932 
933     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) {
934       // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function
935       // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name.
936       //
937       // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case.
938       TemplateName Template =
939           Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
940       return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template);
941     }
942 
943     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
944     // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
945     // "struct", or "union".
946     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
947         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
948       break;
949     }
950 
951     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
952     // close to this name.
953     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
954       SecondTry = true;
955       if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
956               CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S,
957                           &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
958         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
959         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
960 
961         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
962         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
963         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
964             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
965           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
966           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
967         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
968                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
969                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
970                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
971           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
972           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
973         }
974 
975         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
976           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
977         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
978           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
979           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
980                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
981           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
982                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
983                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
984         }
985 
986         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
987         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
988 
989         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
990         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
991           return Name;
992 
993         // Also update the LookupResult...
994         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
995         Result.clear();
996         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
997         if (FirstDecl)
998           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
999 
1000         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1001         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
1002         // reference the ivar.
1003         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
1004         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1005           DeclResult R =
1006               LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier());
1007           if (R.isInvalid())
1008             return NameClassification::Error();
1009           if (R.isUsable())
1010             return NameClassification::NonType(Ivar);
1011         }
1012 
1013         goto Corrected;
1014       }
1015     }
1016 
1017     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
1018     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1019     return NameClassification::Unknown();
1020 
1021   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
1022     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
1023     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
1024     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
1025 
1026     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
1027     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
1028     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
1029     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
1030     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
1031     //
1032     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
1033     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
1034     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
1035     // keyword here.
1036     return NameClassification::DependentNonType();
1037   }
1038 
1039   case LookupResult::Found:
1040   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
1041   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
1042     break;
1043 
1044   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
1045     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1046         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1047                                       /*AllowDependent=*/false)) {
1048       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
1049       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
1050       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
1051       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
1052       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
1053       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
1054       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
1055       //   ambiguous.
1056       //
1057       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
1058       // so try again after filtering out template names.
1059       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1060       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1061         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
1062         break;
1063       }
1064     }
1065 
1066     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
1067     return NameClassification::Error();
1068   }
1069 
1070   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1071       (IsFilteredTemplateName ||
1072        hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(
1073            Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1074            /*AllowDependent=*/false,
1075            /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ SS.isEmpty() &&
1076                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20))) {
1077     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
1078     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
1079     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
1080     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
1081     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
1082     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
1083     // C++2a [temp.names]p2:
1084     //   A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an
1085     //   unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one
1086     //   or more functions or finds nothing.
1087     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
1088       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1089 
1090     bool IsFunctionTemplate;
1091     bool IsVarTemplate;
1092     TemplateName Template;
1093     if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
1094       IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1095       Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
1096                                                    Result.end());
1097     } else if (!Result.empty()) {
1098       auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl(
1099           *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1100           /*AllowDependent=*/false));
1101       IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
1102       IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
1103 
1104       if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1105         Template =
1106             Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
1107                                              /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD);
1108       else
1109         Template = TemplateName(TD);
1110     } else {
1111       // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template
1112       // name.
1113       IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1114       Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
1115     }
1116 
1117     if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1118       // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1119       // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1120       // to based on which function we selected.
1121       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1122 
1123       return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1124     }
1125 
1126     return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1127                          : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1128   }
1129 
1130   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1131   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1132     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1133     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1134     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1135     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1136       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1137     return ParsedType::make(T);
1138   }
1139 
1140   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1141   if (!Class) {
1142     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1143     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1144             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1145       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1146   }
1147 
1148   if (Class) {
1149     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1150 
1151     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1152       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1153       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1154       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1155       return NameClassification::Unknown();
1156     }
1157 
1158     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1159     return ParsedType::make(T);
1160   }
1161 
1162   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(FirstDecl))
1163     return NameClassification::Concept(
1164         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1165 
1166   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1167   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
1168       !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1169     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1170         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1171 
1172   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1173   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1174   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1175   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1176        (NextIsOp &&
1177         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1178       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1179     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1180     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1181     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1182     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1183       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1184     return ParsedType::make(T);
1185   }
1186 
1187   // If we already know which single declaration is referenced, just annotate
1188   // that declaration directly. Defer resolving even non-overloaded class
1189   // member accesses, as we need to defer certain access checks until we know
1190   // the context.
1191   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1192   if (Result.isSingleResult() && !ADL && !FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1193     return NameClassification::NonType(Result.getRepresentativeDecl());
1194 
1195   // Otherwise, this is an overload set that we will need to resolve later.
1196   Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1197   return NameClassification::OverloadSet(UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(
1198       Context, Result.getNamingClass(), SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
1199       Result.getLookupNameInfo(), ADL, Result.isOverloadedResult(),
1200       Result.begin(), Result.end()));
1201 }
1202 
1203 ExprResult
1204 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name,
1205                                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1206   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL-only call in C?");
1207   CXXScopeSpec SS;
1208   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1209   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
1210 }
1211 
1212 ExprResult
1213 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1214                                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
1215                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
1216                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
1217   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
1218   return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
1219                                     NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
1220                                     /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
1221 }
1222 
1223 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1224                                               NamedDecl *Found,
1225                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
1226                                               const Token &NextToken) {
1227   if (getCurMethodDecl() && SS.isEmpty())
1228     if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1229       return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, NameLoc, Ivar);
1230 
1231   // Reconstruct the lookup result.
1232   LookupResult Result(*this, Found->getDeclName(), NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1233   Result.addDecl(Found);
1234   Result.resolveKind();
1235 
1236   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1237   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1238 }
1239 
1240 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *E) {
1241   // For an implicit class member access, transform the result into a member
1242   // access expression if necessary.
1243   auto *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E);
1244   if ((*ULE->decls_begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
1245     CXXScopeSpec SS;
1246     SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
1247 
1248     // Reconstruct the lookup result.
1249     LookupResult Result(*this, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
1250                         LookupOrdinaryName);
1251     Result.setNamingClass(ULE->getNamingClass());
1252     for (auto I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
1253       Result.addDecl(*I, I.getAccess());
1254     Result.resolveKind();
1255     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1256                                            nullptr, S);
1257   }
1258 
1259   // Otherwise, this is already in the form we needed, and no further checks
1260   // are necessary.
1261   return ULE;
1262 }
1263 
1264 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1265 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) {
1266   auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
1267   if (!TD)
1268     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1269   if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
1270     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate;
1271   if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
1272     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate;
1273   if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
1274     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate;
1275   if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
1276     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate;
1277   if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
1278     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam;
1279   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD))
1280     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept;
1281   return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1282 }
1283 
1284 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1285   assert(DC->getLexicalParent() == CurContext &&
1286       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1287   CurContext = DC;
1288   S->setEntity(DC);
1289 }
1290 
1291 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1292   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1293 
1294   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1295   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1296 }
1297 
1298 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1299                                                                     Decl *D) {
1300   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1301   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1302   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1303   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1304   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1305   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1306   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1307   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1308   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1309   return Result;
1310 }
1311 
1312 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1313   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1314 }
1315 
1316 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1317 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1318 ///
1319 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1320   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1321   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1322   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1323   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1324   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1325   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1326   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1327   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1328   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1329   //   namespace.
1330   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1331   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1332   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1333   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1334   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1335 
1336   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1337 
1338 #ifndef NDEBUG
1339   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1340   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1341   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1342 #endif
1343 
1344   CurContext = DC;
1345   S->setEntity(DC);
1346 
1347   if (S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1348     // Also set the corresponding entities for all immediately-enclosing
1349     // template parameter scopes.
1350     EnterTemplatedContext(S->getParent(), DC);
1351   }
1352 }
1353 
1354 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1355   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1356 
1357   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1358   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1359   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1360   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1361   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1362 
1363   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1364   // disappear.
1365 }
1366 
1367 void Sema::EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1368   assert(S->isTemplateParamScope() &&
1369          "expected to be initializing a template parameter scope");
1370 
1371   // C++20 [temp.local]p7:
1372   //   In the definition of a member of a class template that appears outside
1373   //   of the class template definition, the name of a member of the class
1374   //   template hides the name of a template-parameter of any enclosing class
1375   //   templates (but not a template-parameter of the member if the member is a
1376   //   class or function template).
1377   // C++20 [temp.local]p9:
1378   //   In the definition of a class template or in the definition of a member
1379   //   of such a template that appears outside of the template definition, for
1380   //   each non-dependent base class (13.8.2.1), if the name of the base class
1381   //   or the name of a member of the base class is the same as the name of a
1382   //   template-parameter, the base class name or member name hides the
1383   //   template-parameter name (6.4.10).
1384   //
1385   // This means that a template parameter scope should be searched immediately
1386   // after searching the DeclContext for which it is a template parameter
1387   // scope. For example, for
1388   //   template<typename T> template<typename U> template<typename V>
1389   //     void N::A<T>::B<U>::f(...)
1390   // we search V then B<U> (and base classes) then U then A<T> (and base
1391   // classes) then T then N then ::.
1392   unsigned ScopeDepth = getTemplateDepth(S);
1393   for (; S && S->isTemplateParamScope(); S = S->getParent(), --ScopeDepth) {
1394     DeclContext *SearchDCAfterScope = DC;
1395     for (; DC; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
1396       if (const TemplateParameterList *TPL =
1397               cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplateParams()) {
1398         unsigned DCDepth = TPL->getDepth() + 1;
1399         if (DCDepth > ScopeDepth)
1400           continue;
1401         if (ScopeDepth == DCDepth)
1402           SearchDCAfterScope = DC = DC->getLookupParent();
1403         break;
1404       }
1405     }
1406     S->setLookupEntity(SearchDCAfterScope);
1407   }
1408 }
1409 
1410 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1411   // We assume that the caller has already called
1412   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1413   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1414   if (!FD)
1415     return;
1416 
1417   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1418   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1419   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1420     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1421   CurContext = FD;
1422   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1423 
1424   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1425     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1426     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1427     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1428       S->AddDecl(Param);
1429       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1430     }
1431   }
1432 }
1433 
1434 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1435   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1436   // rather than the top-level class.
1437   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1438   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1439   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1440 }
1441 
1442 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1443 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1444 ///
1445 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1446 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1447 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1448 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1449 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1450 /// attribute.
1451 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1452                                        ASTContext &Context,
1453                                        const FunctionDecl *New) {
1454   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1455     return true;
1456 
1457   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1458     return true;
1459 
1460   return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found &&
1461          (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
1462           New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1463 }
1464 
1465 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1466 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1467   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1468   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1469   // scope.
1470   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1471     S = S->getParent();
1472 
1473   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1474   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1475   // into any context.
1476   if (AddToContext)
1477     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1478 
1479   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1480   // are function-local declarations.
1481   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && !S->getFnParent())
1482     return;
1483 
1484   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1485   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1486       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1487     return;
1488 
1489   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1490   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1491                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1492   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1493     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1494       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1495       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1496 
1497       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1498       break;
1499     }
1500   }
1501 
1502   S->AddDecl(D);
1503 
1504   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1505     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1506     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1507     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1508     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1509       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1510       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1511         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1512           continue;
1513       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1514         break;
1515     }
1516 
1517     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1518   } else {
1519     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1520   }
1521 }
1522 
1523 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1524                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1525   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1526 }
1527 
1528 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1529   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1530   do {
1531     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1532       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1533         return S;
1534   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1535 
1536   return nullptr;
1537 }
1538 
1539 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1540                                             DeclContext*,
1541                                             ASTContext&);
1542 
1543 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1544 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1545 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1546                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1547                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1548   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1549   while (F.hasNext()) {
1550     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1551 
1552     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1553       continue;
1554 
1555     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1556       continue;
1557 
1558     F.erase();
1559   }
1560 
1561   F.done();
1562 }
1563 
1564 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they
1565 /// have compatible owning modules.
1566 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) {
1567   // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are
1568   // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for
1569   // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the
1570   // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match.
1571   if (New->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1572       Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) {
1573     New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule());
1574     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New);
1575     return false;
1576   }
1577 
1578   Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule();
1579   Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule();
1580 
1581   if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment)
1582     NewM = NewM->Parent;
1583   if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment)
1584     OldM = OldM->Parent;
1585 
1586   if (NewM == OldM)
1587     return false;
1588 
1589   bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview();
1590   bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview();
1591   if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) {
1592     // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]:
1593     //   if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all
1594     //   other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module
1595     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module)
1596       << New
1597       << NewIsModuleInterface
1598       << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "")
1599       << OldIsModuleInterface
1600       << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : "");
1601     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1602     New->setInvalidDecl();
1603     return true;
1604   }
1605 
1606   return false;
1607 }
1608 
1609 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1610   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1611          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1612          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1613 }
1614 
1615 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1616 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1617   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1618   while (F.hasNext())
1619     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1620       F.erase();
1621 
1622   F.done();
1623 }
1624 
1625 /// Check for this common pattern:
1626 /// @code
1627 /// class S {
1628 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1629 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1630 /// };
1631 /// @endcode
1632 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1633   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1634   // the decl here.
1635   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1636     return false;
1637 
1638   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1639     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1640   return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1641 }
1642 
1643 // We need this to handle
1644 //
1645 // typedef struct {
1646 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1647 // } A;
1648 //
1649 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1650 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1651 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1652 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1653 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1654 // not.
1655 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1656   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1657   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1658     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1659       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1660         return true;
1661     }
1662     DC = DC->getParent();
1663   }
1664 
1665   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1666 }
1667 
1668 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1669 // these semantics.
1670 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1671   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1672     return false;
1673   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1674 }
1675 
1676 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1677   assert(D);
1678 
1679   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1680     return false;
1681 
1682   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1683   // of members of class templates.
1684   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1685       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1686     return false;
1687 
1688   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1689     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1690       return false;
1691     // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly
1692     // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in.
1693     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1694         FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
1695       return false;
1696 
1697     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1698       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1699         return false;
1700     } else {
1701       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1702       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1703         return false;
1704     }
1705 
1706     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1707         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1708       return false;
1709   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1710     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1711     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1712     // like "inline".)
1713     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1714       return false;
1715 
1716     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1717       return false;
1718 
1719     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1720         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1721       return false;
1722     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1723         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1724         VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine())
1725       return false;
1726 
1727     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1728       return false;
1729   } else {
1730     return false;
1731   }
1732 
1733   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1734   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1735   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1736   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1737 }
1738 
1739 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1740   if (!D)
1741     return;
1742 
1743   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1744     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1745     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1746       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1747   }
1748 
1749   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1750     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1751     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1752       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1753   }
1754 
1755   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1756     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1757 }
1758 
1759 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1760   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1761     return false;
1762 
1763   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) {
1764     // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are
1765     // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which
1766     // it is, by the bindings' expressions).
1767     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
1768       if (BD->isReferenced())
1769         return false;
1770   } else if (!D->getDeclName()) {
1771     return false;
1772   } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) {
1773     return false;
1774   }
1775 
1776   if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1777     return false;
1778 
1779   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1780     return true;
1781 
1782   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1783   // functions.
1784   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1785   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1786     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1787     WithinFunction =
1788         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1789   if (!WithinFunction)
1790     return false;
1791 
1792   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1793     return true;
1794 
1795   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1796   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1797     return false;
1798 
1799   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1800   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1801 
1802     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1803     const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr();
1804 
1805     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1806     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1807       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1808         return false;
1809     }
1810 
1811     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1812     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1813     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1814       return false;
1815 
1816     // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is
1817     // consistent for both scalars and arrays.
1818     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1819 
1820     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1821       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1822       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1823         return false;
1824 
1825       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1826         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1827           return false;
1828 
1829         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1830           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1831                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1832             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1833           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1834             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1835           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1836             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1837             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() &&
1838                 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue()))
1839               return false;
1840           }
1841 
1842           // Suppress the warning if we don't know how this is constructed, and
1843           // it could possibly be non-trivial constructor.
1844           if (Init->isTypeDependent())
1845             for (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors())
1846               if (!Ctor->isTrivial())
1847                 return false;
1848         }
1849       }
1850     }
1851 
1852     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1853   }
1854 
1855   return true;
1856 }
1857 
1858 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1859                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1860   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1861     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
1862         D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(),
1863         true);
1864     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1865       return;
1866     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
1867         CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon));
1868   }
1869 }
1870 
1871 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1872   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1873     return;
1874 
1875   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1876     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1877       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1878     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1879       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1880   }
1881 }
1882 
1883 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1884 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1885 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1886   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1887     return;
1888 
1889   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1890     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1891     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1892     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1893     return;
1894   }
1895 
1896   FixItHint Hint;
1897   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1898 
1899   unsigned DiagID;
1900   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1901     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1902   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1903     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1904   else
1905     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1906 
1907   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint;
1908 }
1909 
1910 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1911   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1912   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1913   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1914   // MS inline assembly label name.
1915   bool Diagnose = false;
1916   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1917     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1918   else
1919     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1920   if (Diagnose)
1921     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L;
1922 }
1923 
1924 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1925   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1926 
1927   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1928   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1929          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1930 
1931   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1932     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1933 
1934     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1935     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1936 
1937     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1938     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1939       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1940       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1941         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1942     }
1943 
1944     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1945 
1946     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1947     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1948       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1949 
1950     // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't
1951     // already.
1952     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1953     auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
1954     if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
1955       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
1956         Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
1957             << D << FD << FD->getParent();
1958         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1959       }
1960       ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
1961     }
1962   }
1963 }
1964 
1965 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1966 ///
1967 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1968 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1969 /// to the fixed name.
1970 ///
1971 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1972 ///
1973 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1974 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1975 ///
1976 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1977 /// class could not be found.
1978 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1979                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1980                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1981   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1982   // creation from this context.
1983   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1984 
1985   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1986     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1987     // find an Objective-C class name.
1988     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{};
1989     if (TypoCorrection C =
1990             CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName,
1991                         TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1992       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1993       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1994       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1995     }
1996   }
1997   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1998   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1999   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
2000       Def = Def->getDefinition();
2001   return Def;
2002 }
2003 
2004 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
2005 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
2006 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
2007 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
2008 /// ill-formed in C++:
2009 /// @code
2010 /// struct S6 {
2011 ///   enum { BAR } e;
2012 /// };
2013 ///
2014 /// void test_S6() {
2015 ///   struct S6 a;
2016 ///   a.e = BAR;
2017 /// }
2018 /// @endcode
2019 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
2020 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
2021 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
2022 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
2023 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
2024 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
2025 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
2026 /// contain non-field names.
2027 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
2028   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
2029          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
2030          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
2031     S = S->getParent();
2032   return S;
2033 }
2034 
2035 static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID,
2036                                ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
2037   switch (Error) {
2038   case ASTContext::GE_None:
2039     return "";
2040   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type:
2041     return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID);
2042   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
2043     return "stdio.h";
2044   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
2045     return "setjmp.h";
2046   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
2047     return "ucontext.h";
2048   }
2049   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
2050 }
2051 
2052 FunctionDecl *Sema::CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type,
2053                                   unsigned ID, SourceLocation Loc) {
2054   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2055 
2056   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2057     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = LinkageSpecDecl::Create(
2058         Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
2059     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
2060     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
2061     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
2062   }
2063 
2064   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, II, Type,
2065                                            /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_Extern, false,
2066                                            Type->isFunctionProtoType());
2067   New->setImplicit();
2068   New->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ID));
2069 
2070   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
2071   // FunctionDecl.
2072   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Type)) {
2073     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 16> Params;
2074     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
2075       ParmVarDecl *parm = ParmVarDecl::Create(
2076           Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2077           FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr);
2078       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
2079       Params.push_back(parm);
2080     }
2081     New->setParams(Params);
2082   }
2083 
2084   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
2085   return New;
2086 }
2087 
2088 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
2089 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
2090 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
2091 /// built-in.
2092 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2093                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2094                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
2095   LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, ID);
2096 
2097   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
2098   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
2099   if (Error) {
2100     if (!ForRedeclaration)
2101       return nullptr;
2102 
2103     // If we have a builtin without an associated type we should not emit a
2104     // warning when we were not able to find a type for it.
2105     if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_type ||
2106         Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(ID))
2107       return nullptr;
2108 
2109     // If we could not find a type for setjmp it is because the jmp_buf type was
2110     // not defined prior to the setjmp declaration.
2111     if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp) {
2112       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_no_jmp_buf)
2113           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2114       return nullptr;
2115     }
2116 
2117     // Generally, we emit a warning that the declaration requires the
2118     // appropriate header.
2119     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
2120         << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error)
2121         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2122     return nullptr;
2123   }
2124 
2125   if (!ForRedeclaration &&
2126       (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
2127        Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
2128     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
2129         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
2130     if (const char *Header = Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID))
2131       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
2132           << Header << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2133   }
2134 
2135   if (R.isNull())
2136     return nullptr;
2137 
2138   FunctionDecl *New = CreateBuiltin(II, R, ID, Loc);
2139   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
2140 
2141   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
2142   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
2143   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
2144   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
2145   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
2146   CurContext = New->getDeclContext();
2147   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
2148   CurContext = SavedContext;
2149   return New;
2150 }
2151 
2152 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
2153 /// entity if their types are the same.
2154 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
2155 /// isSameEntity.
2156 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
2157                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2158                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
2159   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
2160   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
2161     return;
2162 
2163   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
2164   if (Previous.empty())
2165     return;
2166 
2167   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
2168   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
2169     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
2170 
2171     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
2172     if (S.isVisible(Old))
2173       continue;
2174 
2175     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
2176     // different linkages.
2177     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2178       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
2179                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
2180         continue;
2181 
2182       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
2183       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
2184       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
2185           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
2186         continue;
2187     }
2188 
2189     Filter.erase();
2190   }
2191 
2192   Filter.done();
2193 }
2194 
2195 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
2196   QualType OldType;
2197   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2198     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
2199   else
2200     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
2201   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
2202 
2203   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
2204     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
2205     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2206     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
2207       << Kind << NewType;
2208     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2209       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2210     New->setInvalidDecl();
2211     return true;
2212   }
2213 
2214   if (OldType != NewType &&
2215       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
2216       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
2217       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
2218     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2219     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
2220       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
2221     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2222       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2223     New->setInvalidDecl();
2224     return true;
2225   }
2226   return false;
2227 }
2228 
2229 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
2230 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
2231 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
2232 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
2233 ///
2234 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2235                                 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
2236   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
2237   // merging checks.
2238   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
2239 
2240   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
2241   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
2242   if (getLangOpts().ObjC) {
2243     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
2244     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
2245     default: break;
2246     case 2:
2247       {
2248         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
2249           break;
2250         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
2251         if (!T->isPointerType())
2252           break;
2253         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
2254           QualType PT = T->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2255           if (!PT->isStructureType())
2256             break;
2257         }
2258         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
2259         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
2260         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
2261         return;
2262       }
2263     case 5:
2264       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
2265         break;
2266       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2267       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
2268       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
2269       return;
2270     case 3:
2271       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
2272         break;
2273       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2274       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
2275       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
2276       return;
2277     }
2278     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
2279   }
2280 
2281   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
2282   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
2283   if (!Old) {
2284     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2285       << New->getDeclName();
2286 
2287     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
2288     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
2289       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
2290 
2291     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2292   }
2293 
2294   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2295   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2296     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2297 
2298   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2299     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2300     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2301     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2302     if (OldTag && NewTag &&
2303         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2304         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2305       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2306       // instead of our tag.
2307       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2308       if (OldTD->isModed())
2309         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2310                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2311       else
2312         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2313 
2314       // Make the old tag definition visible.
2315       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
2316 
2317       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2318       // out of the scope.
2319       if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2320         Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2321         for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2322           auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2323           assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED));
2324           EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2325           IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2326           ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2327         }
2328       }
2329     }
2330   }
2331 
2332   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2333   // with any extensions enabled.
2334   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2335     return;
2336 
2337   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2338   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2339   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2340     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2341     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2342   }
2343 
2344   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2345     return;
2346 
2347   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2348     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2349     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2350     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2351     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2352     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2353       return;
2354 
2355     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2356     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2357     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2358     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2359     //
2360     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2361     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2362     //
2363     //   struct S {
2364     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2365     //   };
2366     //
2367     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2368     // allow the above but disallow
2369     //
2370     //   struct S {
2371     //     typedef int I;
2372     //     typedef int I;
2373     //   };
2374     //
2375     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2376     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2377       return;
2378 
2379     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2380       << New->getDeclName();
2381     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2382     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2383   }
2384 
2385   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2386   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2387     return;
2388 
2389   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2390   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2391   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2392   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2393   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2394       // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL).
2395       (Old->isImplicit() ||
2396        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2397        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2398     return;
2399 
2400   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2401     << New->getDeclName();
2402   notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2403 }
2404 
2405 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2406 /// attribute.
2407 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2408   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2409   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2410   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2411     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2412       if (Ann) {
2413         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2414           return true;
2415         continue;
2416       }
2417       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2418       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2419         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2420       return true;
2421     }
2422 
2423   return false;
2424 }
2425 
2426 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2427   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2428     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2429   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2430     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2431   return true;
2432 }
2433 
2434 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2435 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2436 ///
2437 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2438 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2439   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2440   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2441   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2442   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2443   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2444   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2445     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2446     // in a case like:
2447     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2448     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2449     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2450     // definition in such a case.
2451     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2452       return false;
2453 
2454     if (I->isAlignas())
2455       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2456 
2457     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2458     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2459       OldAlign = Align;
2460       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2461     }
2462   }
2463 
2464   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2465   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2466   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2467   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2468     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2469       return false;
2470 
2471     if (I->isAlignas())
2472       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2473 
2474     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2475     if (Align > NewAlign)
2476       NewAlign = Align;
2477   }
2478 
2479   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2480     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2481     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2482     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2483     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2484 
2485     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2486     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2487     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2488       QualType Ty;
2489       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2490         Ty = VD->getType();
2491       else
2492         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2493 
2494       if (OldAlign == 0)
2495         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2496       if (NewAlign == 0)
2497         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2498     }
2499 
2500     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2501       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2502         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2503         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2504       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2505     }
2506   }
2507 
2508   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2509     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2510     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2511     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2512     //   equivalent alignment.
2513     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2514     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2515     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2516     //   have no alignment specifier.
2517     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2518       << OldAlignasAttr;
2519     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2520       << OldAlignasAttr;
2521   }
2522 
2523   bool AnyAdded = false;
2524 
2525   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2526   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2527     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2528     Clone->setInherited(true);
2529     New->addAttr(Clone);
2530     AnyAdded = true;
2531   }
2532 
2533   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2534   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2535       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2536     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2537     Clone->setInherited(true);
2538     New->addAttr(Clone);
2539     AnyAdded = true;
2540   }
2541 
2542   return AnyAdded;
2543 }
2544 
2545 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2546                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2547                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2548   // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2549   // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2550   // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2551   // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2552   // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2553   // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2554   // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2555   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2556   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2557     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(
2558         D, *AA, AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2559         AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2560         AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2561         AA->getPriority());
2562   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2563     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2564   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2565     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2566   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2567     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, *ImportA);
2568   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2569     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, *ExportA);
2570   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2571     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, *FA, FA->getType(), FA->getFormatIdx(),
2572                                 FA->getFirstArg());
2573   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2574     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, *SA, SA->getName());
2575   else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr))
2576     NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, *CSA, CSA->getName());
2577   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2578     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, *IA, IA->getBestCase(),
2579                                        IA->getInheritanceModel());
2580   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2581     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, *AA,
2582                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()));
2583   else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2584            (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2585             isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2586     // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2587     // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2588     return false;
2589   } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2590     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, *MA);
2591   else if (const auto *SNA = dyn_cast<SwiftNameAttr>(Attr))
2592     NewAttr = S.mergeSwiftNameAttr(D, *SNA, SNA->getName());
2593   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2594     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, *OA);
2595   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2596     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA);
2597   else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr))
2598     NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, *CommonA);
2599   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2600     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2601     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2602     NewAttr = nullptr;
2603   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2604            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2605             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation))
2606     NewAttr = nullptr;
2607   else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2608     NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, *UA, UA->getGuid(), UA->getGuidDecl());
2609   else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr))
2610     NewAttr = S.mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA);
2611   else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr))
2612     NewAttr = S.mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA);
2613   else if (const auto *IMA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr>(Attr))
2614     NewAttr = S.mergeImportModuleAttr(D, *IMA);
2615   else if (const auto *INA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportNameAttr>(Attr))
2616     NewAttr = S.mergeImportNameAttr(D, *INA);
2617   else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2618     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2619 
2620   if (NewAttr) {
2621     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2622     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2623     if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2624       S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2625     return true;
2626   }
2627 
2628   return false;
2629 }
2630 
2631 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2632   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2633     return TD->getDefinition();
2634   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2635     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2636     if (Def)
2637       return Def;
2638     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2639   }
2640   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2641     const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
2642     if (FD->isDefined(Def, true))
2643       return Def;
2644   }
2645   return nullptr;
2646 }
2647 
2648 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2649   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2650     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2651       return true;
2652   return false;
2653 }
2654 
2655 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2656 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2657 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2658   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2659     return;
2660 
2661   const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2662   if (!Def || Def == New)
2663     return;
2664 
2665   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2666   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2667     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2668 
2669     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2670       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2671         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2672         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2673 
2674         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2675         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2676           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2677           --E;
2678           continue;
2679         }
2680       } else {
2681         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2682         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2683                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2684                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2685                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2686         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2687         if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition)
2688           S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation());
2689         else
2690           S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2691         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2692       }
2693       ++I;
2694       continue;
2695     }
2696 
2697     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2698       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2699       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2700         ++I;
2701         continue;
2702       }
2703     }
2704 
2705     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2706       ++I;
2707       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2708     }
2709 
2710     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2711       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2712       ++I;
2713       continue;
2714     } else if (isa<UuidAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2715       // msvc will allow a subsequent definition to add an uuid to a class
2716       ++I;
2717       continue;
2718     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2719       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2720         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2721         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2722         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2723         //   equivalent alignment.
2724         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2725         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2726         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2727         //   have no alignment specifier.
2728         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2729           << AA;
2730         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2731           << AA;
2732         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2733         --E;
2734         continue;
2735       }
2736     } else if (isa<LoaderUninitializedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2737       // If there is a C definition followed by a redeclaration with this
2738       // attribute then there are two different definitions. In C++, prefer the
2739       // standard diagnostics.
2740       if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2741         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2742                diag::err_loader_uninitialized_redeclaration);
2743         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2744         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2745         --E;
2746         continue;
2747       }
2748     } else if (isa<SelectAnyAttr>(NewAttribute) &&
2749                cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInline() &&
2750                !cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInlineSpecified()) {
2751       // Don't warn about applying selectany to implicitly inline variables.
2752       // Older compilers and language modes would require the use of selectany
2753       // to make such variables inline, and it would have no effect if we
2754       // honored it.
2755       ++I;
2756       continue;
2757     } else if (isa<OMPDeclareVariantAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2758       // We allow to add OMP[Begin]DeclareVariantAttr to be added to
2759       // declarations after defintions.
2760       ++I;
2761       continue;
2762     }
2763 
2764     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2765            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2766     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2767     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2768     --E;
2769   }
2770 }
2771 
2772 static void diagnoseMissingConstinit(Sema &S, const VarDecl *InitDecl,
2773                                      const ConstInitAttr *CIAttr,
2774                                      bool AttrBeforeInit) {
2775   SourceLocation InsertLoc = InitDecl->getInnerLocStart();
2776 
2777   // Figure out a good way to write this specifier on the old declaration.
2778   // FIXME: We should just use the spelling of CIAttr, but we don't preserve
2779   // enough of the attribute list spelling information to extract that without
2780   // heroics.
2781   std::string SuitableSpelling;
2782   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
2783     SuitableSpelling = std::string(
2784         S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(InsertLoc, {tok::kw_constinit}));
2785   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2786     SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
2787         InsertLoc, {tok::l_square, tok::l_square,
2788                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("clang"), tok::coloncolon,
2789                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
2790                     tok::r_square, tok::r_square}));
2791   if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
2792     SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
2793         InsertLoc, {tok::kw___attribute, tok::l_paren, tok::r_paren,
2794                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
2795                     tok::r_paren, tok::r_paren}));
2796   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
2797     SuitableSpelling = "constinit";
2798   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2799     SuitableSpelling = "[[clang::require_constant_initialization]]";
2800   if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
2801     SuitableSpelling = "__attribute__((require_constant_initialization))";
2802   SuitableSpelling += " ";
2803 
2804   if (AttrBeforeInit) {
2805     // extern constinit int a;
2806     // int a = 0; // error (missing 'constinit'), accepted as extension
2807     assert(CIAttr->isConstinit() && "should not diagnose this for attribute");
2808     S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_constinit_missing)
2809         << InitDecl << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
2810     S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_specified_here);
2811   } else {
2812     // int a = 0;
2813     // constinit extern int a; // error (missing 'constinit')
2814     S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(),
2815            CIAttr->isConstinit() ? diag::err_constinit_added_too_late
2816                                  : diag::warn_require_const_init_added_too_late)
2817         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(CIAttr->getLocation()));
2818     S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_missing_here)
2819         << CIAttr->isConstinit()
2820         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
2821   }
2822 }
2823 
2824 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2825 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2826                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2827   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2828     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2829     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2830     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2831   }
2832 
2833   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2834     return;
2835 
2836   // [dcl.constinit]p1:
2837   //   If the [constinit] specifier is applied to any declaration of a
2838   //   variable, it shall be applied to the initializing declaration.
2839   const auto *OldConstInit = Old->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2840   const auto *NewConstInit = New->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2841   if (bool(OldConstInit) != bool(NewConstInit)) {
2842     const auto *OldVD = cast<VarDecl>(Old);
2843     auto *NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2844 
2845     // Find the initializing declaration. Note that we might not have linked
2846     // the new declaration into the redeclaration chain yet.
2847     const VarDecl *InitDecl = OldVD->getInitializingDeclaration();
2848     if (!InitDecl &&
2849         (NewVD->hasInit() || NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()))
2850       InitDecl = NewVD;
2851 
2852     if (InitDecl == NewVD) {
2853       // This is the initializing declaration. If it would inherit 'constinit',
2854       // that's ill-formed. (Note that we do not apply this to the attribute
2855       // form).
2856       if (OldConstInit && OldConstInit->isConstinit())
2857         diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, NewVD, OldConstInit,
2858                                  /*AttrBeforeInit=*/true);
2859     } else if (NewConstInit) {
2860       // This is the first time we've been told that this declaration should
2861       // have a constant initializer. If we already saw the initializing
2862       // declaration, this is too late.
2863       if (InitDecl && InitDecl != NewVD) {
2864         diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, InitDecl, NewConstInit,
2865                                  /*AttrBeforeInit=*/false);
2866         NewVD->dropAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2867       }
2868     }
2869   }
2870 
2871   // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
2872   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2873 
2874   if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2875     if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2876       if (!OldA->isEquivalent(NewA)) {
2877         // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
2878         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
2879         Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2880       }
2881     } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
2882       // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
2883       // already been ODR-used.
2884       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
2885         << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
2886     }
2887   }
2888 
2889   // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
2890   if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2891     if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2892       for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
2893         if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(),
2894                       NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) {
2895           Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
2896                diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
2897               << NewTag;
2898           Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2899         }
2900       }
2901     } else {
2902       Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
2903       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2904     }
2905   }
2906 
2907   // This redeclaration adds a section attribute.
2908   if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
2909     if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) {
2910       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) {
2911         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration);
2912         Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2913       }
2914     }
2915   }
2916 
2917   // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute.
2918   const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>();
2919   if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() &&
2920       !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) {
2921     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section)
2922          << 0 /*codeseg*/;
2923     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2924   }
2925 
2926   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2927     return;
2928 
2929   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2930 
2931   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2932   // we process them.
2933   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2934 
2935   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2936     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2937     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
2938     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2939         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2940         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2941       switch (AMK) {
2942       case AMK_None:
2943         continue;
2944 
2945       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2946       case AMK_Override:
2947       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
2948         LocalAMK = AMK;
2949         break;
2950       }
2951     }
2952 
2953     // Already handled.
2954     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2955       continue;
2956 
2957     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
2958       foundAny = true;
2959   }
2960 
2961   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2962     foundAny = true;
2963 
2964   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2965 }
2966 
2967 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2968 /// to the new one.
2969 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2970                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2971                                      Sema &S) {
2972   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2973   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2974   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2975   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2976   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2977   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2978     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2979            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2980     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2981     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2982     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2983       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2984     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2985       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2986     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2987            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2988   }
2989 
2990   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2991     return;
2992 
2993   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2994 
2995   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2996   // done before we process them.
2997   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2998 
2999   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
3000     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
3001       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
3002         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
3003       newAttr->setInherited(true);
3004       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
3005       foundAny = true;
3006     }
3007   }
3008 
3009   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
3010 }
3011 
3012 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
3013                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
3014                                 Sema &S) {
3015   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
3016     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
3017       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
3018         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
3019           << DiagNullabilityKind(
3020                *Newnullability,
3021                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
3022                 != 0))
3023           << DiagNullabilityKind(
3024                *Oldnullability,
3025                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
3026                 != 0));
3027         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3028       }
3029     } else {
3030       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
3031       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
3032                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
3033                          NewT, NewT);
3034       NewParam->setType(NewT);
3035     }
3036   }
3037 }
3038 
3039 namespace {
3040 
3041 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
3042 /// C.
3043 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
3044   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
3045   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
3046   QualType PromotedType;
3047 };
3048 
3049 } // end anonymous namespace
3050 
3051 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
3052 // declaration, or a declaration.
3053 template <typename T>
3054 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
3055 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3056   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3057   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
3058   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3059     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
3060   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
3061     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
3062     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
3063       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
3064   } else
3065     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
3066   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
3067 }
3068 
3069 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
3070 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
3071 /// GNU89 mode.
3072 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
3073                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
3074   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
3075           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
3076           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
3077           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
3078 }
3079 
3080 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
3081   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
3082   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
3083     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
3084   return AT;
3085 }
3086 
3087 template <typename T>
3088 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3089   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
3090   if (DC->isRecord())
3091     return false;
3092 
3093   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
3094   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
3095     return true;
3096   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
3097     return true;
3098   return false;
3099 }
3100 
3101 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
3102 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
3103 
3104 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
3105 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
3106 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
3107 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
3108 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
3109                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
3110   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
3111   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
3112   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
3113   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
3114   //      and function templates; or
3115   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
3116   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
3117   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
3118   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
3119   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
3120 
3121   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
3122   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
3123   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
3124   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
3125   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
3126 
3127   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
3128   if (Old &&
3129       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
3130           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
3131       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
3132     Old = nullptr;
3133 
3134   if (!Old) {
3135     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
3136     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
3137     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
3138     return true;
3139   }
3140   return false;
3141 }
3142 
3143 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
3144                                             const FunctionDecl *B) {
3145   assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams());
3146 
3147   auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
3148     const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3149     const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3150     if (AttrA == AttrB)
3151       return true;
3152     return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() &&
3153            AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic();
3154   };
3155 
3156   return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
3157 }
3158 
3159 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified
3160 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier.
3161 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD,
3162                                                DeclaratorDecl *OldD) {
3163   // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when
3164   // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration
3165   // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier:
3166   //
3167   //   inline namespace N { int f(); }
3168   //   int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::.
3169   //
3170   // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change
3171   // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations,
3172   // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular).
3173   if (!NewD->getQualifier())
3174     return;
3175 
3176   // NewD is probably already in the right context.
3177   auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3178   auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3179   if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC))
3180     return;
3181 
3182   assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) ||
3183           NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) &&
3184          "unexpected context for redeclaration");
3185 
3186   auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3187   auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) {
3188     if (!D)
3189       return;
3190     D->setDeclContext(SemaDC);
3191     D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC);
3192   };
3193 
3194   FixSemaDC(NewD);
3195   if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD))
3196     FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate());
3197   else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD))
3198     FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate());
3199 }
3200 
3201 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
3202 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
3203 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
3204 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3205 ///
3206 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
3207 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
3208 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
3209 /// merged with.
3210 ///
3211 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
3212 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
3213                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3214   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
3215   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
3216   if (!Old) {
3217     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
3218       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
3219         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
3220         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
3221              diag::note_using_decl_target);
3222         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
3223              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
3224         return true;
3225       }
3226 
3227       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
3228       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3229         return true;
3230       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
3231     } else {
3232       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3233         << New->getDeclName();
3234       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
3235       return true;
3236     }
3237   }
3238 
3239   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
3240   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
3241     return true;
3242 
3243   // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins.
3244   if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) {
3245     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName();
3246     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3247         << Old << Old->getType();
3248     return true;
3249   }
3250 
3251   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3252   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3253   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3254       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3255 
3256   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
3257   // is an extern inline function.
3258   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
3259   // storage classes.
3260   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
3261       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3262       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
3263       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
3264       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
3265     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3266       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
3267       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3268     } else {
3269       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
3270       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3271       return true;
3272     }
3273   }
3274 
3275   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3276       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3277     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3278         << New->getDeclName();
3279     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
3280     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3281   }
3282 
3283   if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
3284     return true;
3285 
3286   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3287     bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3288     if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) {
3289       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch)
3290         << New << OldOvl;
3291 
3292       // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable
3293       // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one
3294       // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter.
3295       //
3296       // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in
3297       // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it.
3298       const Decl *DiagOld = Old;
3299       if (OldOvl) {
3300         auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) {
3301           const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3302           return A && !A->isImplicit();
3303         });
3304         // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this
3305         // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless.
3306         DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter;
3307       }
3308 
3309       if (DiagOld)
3310         Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(),
3311              diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
3312           << OldOvl;
3313 
3314       if (OldOvl)
3315         New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
3316       else
3317         New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3318     }
3319   }
3320 
3321   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
3322   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
3323   // convention of the first.
3324   //
3325   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
3326   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
3327   //
3328   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
3329   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
3330   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
3331   //
3332   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
3333   // other tests to run.
3334   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3335   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3336   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
3337   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
3338   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
3339   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
3340   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
3341 
3342   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
3343     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
3344     const FunctionType *FT =
3345         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
3346     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
3347     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
3348     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
3349       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
3350       // there but not here.
3351       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3352       RequiresAdjustment = true;
3353     } else if (Old->getBuiltinID()) {
3354       // Builtin attribute isn't propagated to the new one yet at this point,
3355       // so we check if the old one is a builtin.
3356 
3357       // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a
3358       // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is
3359       // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration.
3360       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported)
3361           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3362           << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction;
3363       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3364       RequiresAdjustment = true;
3365     } else {
3366       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
3367       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
3368       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
3369         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3370         << !FirstCCExplicit
3371         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
3372             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
3373 
3374       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
3375       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3376       return true;
3377     }
3378   }
3379 
3380   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
3381   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3382     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
3383     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3384   }
3385 
3386   // Merge regparm attribute.
3387   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
3388       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
3389     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
3390       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
3391         << NewType->getRegParmType()
3392         << OldType->getRegParmType();
3393       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3394       return true;
3395     }
3396 
3397     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
3398     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3399   }
3400 
3401   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
3402   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3403     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3404       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch)
3405           << "'ns_returns_retained'";
3406       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3407       return true;
3408     }
3409 
3410     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
3411     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3412   }
3413 
3414   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() !=
3415       NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3416     if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3417       AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr =
3418         New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>();
3419       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr;
3420       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3421       return true;
3422     }
3423 
3424     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true);
3425     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3426   }
3427 
3428   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
3429     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
3430     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
3431     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
3432     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3433   }
3434 
3435   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3436   // UndefinedButUsed.
3437   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
3438       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3439       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
3440       Old->isUsed(false) &&
3441       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3442     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3443                                            SourceLocation()));
3444 
3445   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
3446   // about it.
3447   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3448       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
3449     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
3450   }
3451 
3452   // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
3453   // redeclaration.
3454   if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
3455       !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
3456     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
3457         << New->getDeclName();
3458     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3459     return true;
3460   }
3461 
3462   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3463     // C++1z [over.load]p2
3464     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
3465     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type,
3466     //        the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded.
3467 
3468     // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of
3469     // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the
3470     // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before
3471     // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType
3472     // but do not necessarily update the type of New.
3473     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New))
3474       return true;
3475     OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3476     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3477 
3478     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
3479     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
3480     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
3481     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
3482     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
3483     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType();
3484     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType();
3485     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
3486         canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType,
3487                                        OldDeclaredReturnType)) {
3488       QualType ResQT;
3489       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3490           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3491         // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type.
3492         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
3493       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
3494         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3495           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
3496               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3497         else
3498           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
3499               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3500         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
3501                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3502         return true;
3503       }
3504       else
3505         NewQType = ResQT;
3506     }
3507 
3508     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
3509     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
3510     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
3511       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
3512       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
3513       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
3514       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
3515         New->setType(
3516             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
3517                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3518                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3519         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
3520             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
3521                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3522                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3523       }
3524     }
3525 
3526     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
3527     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
3528     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
3529       // Preserve triviality.
3530       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
3531 
3532       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3533       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3534       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3535       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3536                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3537                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3538       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3539 
3540       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3541           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3542         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3543         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3544         //       is a static member function declaration.
3545         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3546           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3547           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3548           return true;
3549         }
3550 
3551         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3552         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3553         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3554         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
3555         if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
3556           unsigned NewDiag;
3557           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3558             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3559           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3560             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3561           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3562             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3563           else
3564             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3565 
3566           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3567         } else {
3568           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3569             << New << New->getType();
3570         }
3571         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3572         return true;
3573 
3574       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3575       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3576       //
3577       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3578       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3579       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3580         if (isFriend) {
3581           NewMethod->setImplicit();
3582         } else {
3583           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3584                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3585             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3586           return true;
3587         }
3588       } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3589         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3590              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3591           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3592         return true;
3593       }
3594     }
3595 
3596     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3597     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3598     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3599     //   attribute.
3600     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
3601     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
3602       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
3603       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3604            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
3605     }
3606 
3607     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3608     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3609     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3610     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3611     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3612     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3613       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3614            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3615       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3616            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3617     }
3618 
3619     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
3620     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
3621     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
3622     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
3623 
3624     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
3625     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3626     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3627       auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3628       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
3629         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
3630       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
3631       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
3632     }
3633 
3634     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3635       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
3636       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
3637       //
3638       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
3639       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
3640       // linkage within class scope.
3641       //
3642       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
3643       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
3644         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
3645         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3646       } else {
3647         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3648         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3649         return true;
3650       }
3651     }
3652 
3653     // If the function types are compatible, merge the declarations. Ignore the
3654     // exception specifier because it was already checked above in
3655     // CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec, and we don't want follow-on diagnostics
3656     // about incompatible types under -fms-compatibility.
3657     if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(OldQTypeForComparison,
3658                                                          NewQType))
3659       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3660 
3661     // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or
3662     // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again
3663     // during instantiation.
3664     if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType))
3665       return false;
3666 
3667     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
3668   }
3669 
3670   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
3671   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
3672   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3673       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
3674     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3675     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3676     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3677     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3678         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3679       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3680       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3681       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3682       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3683       NewQType =
3684           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3685                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3686       New->setType(NewQType);
3687       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3688 
3689       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3690       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3691       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3692         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3693                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3694                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3695                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3696         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3697         Param->setImplicit();
3698         Params.push_back(Param);
3699       }
3700 
3701       New->setParams(Params);
3702     }
3703 
3704     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3705   }
3706 
3707   // Check if the function types are compatible when pointer size address
3708   // spaces are ignored.
3709   if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringPtrSizes(OldQType, NewQType))
3710     return false;
3711 
3712   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3713   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3714   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3715   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3716   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3717   // the prototype.
3718   //
3719   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3720   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3721   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3722   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3723   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3724       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3725       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3726       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3727     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3728     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3729     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3730       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3731     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3732       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3733 
3734     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3735     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3736                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3737     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3738     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3739          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3740       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3741       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3742       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3743                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3744         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3745       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3746                                             NewParm->getType(),
3747                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3748         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3749                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3750         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3751         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3752       } else
3753         LooseCompatible = false;
3754     }
3755 
3756     if (LooseCompatible) {
3757       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3758         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3759              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3760           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3761           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3762         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3763           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3764                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3765       }
3766 
3767       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3768         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3769                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3770       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3771     }
3772 
3773     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3774   }
3775 
3776   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3777   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3778 
3779   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3780   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3781   unsigned BuiltinID;
3782   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3783     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3784     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3785     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3786       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3787       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3788         << Old << Old->getType();
3789       return false;
3790     }
3791 
3792     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3793   }
3794 
3795   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3796   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3797   return true;
3798 }
3799 
3800 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3801 /// known to be compatible.
3802 ///
3803 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3804 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3805 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3806 /// redeclaration of Old.
3807 ///
3808 /// \returns false
3809 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3810                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3811   // Merge the attributes
3812   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3813 
3814   // Merge "pure" flag.
3815   if (Old->isPure())
3816     New->setPure();
3817 
3818   // Merge "used" flag.
3819   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3820     New->setIsUsed();
3821 
3822   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3823   // declarations.
3824   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3825       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3826         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3827         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3828         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3829         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3830       }
3831 
3832   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3833     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3834 
3835   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3836   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3837   // was visible.
3838   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3839   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3840     New->setType(Merged);
3841 
3842   return false;
3843 }
3844 
3845 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3846                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3847   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3848   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3849     isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3850       ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation
3851       : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3852                                                        : AMK_Override;
3853 
3854   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3855 
3856   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3857   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3858                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3859   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3860          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3861        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3862     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3863 
3864   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3865 }
3866 
3867 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
3868   assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()));
3869 
3870   S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3871          ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3872          : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3873     << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3874 
3875   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3876   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3877   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
3878     = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3879   S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3880   New->setInvalidDecl();
3881 }
3882 
3883 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3884 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3885 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3886 ///
3887 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3888 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3889 /// is attached.
3890 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3891                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3892   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3893     return;
3894 
3895   QualType MergedT;
3896   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3897     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3898       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3899       return;
3900     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3901       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3902       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3903     }
3904     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3905     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3906     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3907     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3908     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3909     else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3910       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3911       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3912 
3913       // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
3914       // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
3915       // mismatch.
3916       if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
3917         for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
3918              PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
3919           QualType PrevVDTy = PrevVD->getType();
3920           if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
3921             continue;
3922 
3923           if (!Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), PrevVDTy))
3924             return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
3925         }
3926       }
3927 
3928       if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
3929         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3930                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3931           MergedT = New->getType();
3932       }
3933       // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
3934       // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
3935       // visible.
3936       else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3937         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3938                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3939           MergedT = Old->getType();
3940       }
3941     }
3942     else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3943                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3944       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3945                                               Old->getType());
3946     }
3947   } else {
3948     // C 6.2.7p2:
3949     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3950     //   compatible type.
3951     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3952   }
3953   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3954     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3955     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3956     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3957     // equivalent.
3958     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3959     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3960          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3961       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3962       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3963       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3964       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3965         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3966       return;
3967     }
3968     return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
3969   }
3970 
3971   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3972   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3973   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3974     New->setType(MergedT);
3975 }
3976 
3977 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3978                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3979   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3980   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3981   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3982   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3983   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3984   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3985   //
3986   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3987   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3988     return false;
3989 
3990   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3991     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3992     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3993     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3994     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3995     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3996            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3997             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3998   } else {
3999     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
4000     // type unless we're in the same function.
4001     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
4002            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
4003   }
4004 }
4005 
4006 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
4007 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
4008 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
4009 ///
4010 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
4011 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
4012 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
4013 ///
4014 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
4015   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
4016   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4017     return;
4018 
4019   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
4020     return;
4021 
4022   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
4023 
4024   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
4025   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
4026   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
4027   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
4028     if (NewTemplate) {
4029       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4030       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
4031 
4032       if (auto *Shadow =
4033               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
4034         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
4035           return New->setInvalidDecl();
4036     } else {
4037       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4038 
4039       if (auto *Shadow =
4040               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
4041         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
4042           return New->setInvalidDecl();
4043     }
4044   }
4045   if (!Old) {
4046     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
4047         << New->getDeclName();
4048     notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(),
4049                            New->getLocation());
4050     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4051   }
4052 
4053   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
4054   if (NewTemplate &&
4055       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
4056                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
4057                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
4058     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4059 
4060   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
4061   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
4062   //
4063   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
4064   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
4065     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
4066       << New->getIdentifier();
4067     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4068     New->setInvalidDecl();
4069   }
4070 
4071   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
4072   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
4073   // declaration
4074   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
4075       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
4076       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
4077     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
4078     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4079     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
4080     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
4081   }
4082 
4083   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
4084       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
4085     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
4086         << New->getDeclName();
4087     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4088     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
4089   }
4090 
4091   // Merge the types.
4092   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
4093   if (MostRecent != Old) {
4094     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
4095                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
4096     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4097       return;
4098   }
4099 
4100   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
4101   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4102     return;
4103 
4104   diag::kind PrevDiag;
4105   SourceLocation OldLocation;
4106   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
4107       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
4108 
4109   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
4110   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
4111       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4112       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
4113     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4114       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
4115           << New->getDeclName();
4116       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4117     } else {
4118       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
4119           << New->getDeclName();
4120       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4121       return New->setInvalidDecl();
4122     }
4123   }
4124   // C99 6.2.2p4:
4125   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
4126   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
4127   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
4128   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
4129   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
4130   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
4131   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
4132   //   identifier has external linkage.
4133   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
4134     /* Okay */;
4135   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
4136            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4137            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
4138     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
4139     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4140     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4141   }
4142 
4143   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
4144   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
4145       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
4146     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4147     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4148     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4149   }
4150   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
4151       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
4152     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4153     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4154     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4155   }
4156 
4157   if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
4158     return;
4159 
4160   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
4161 
4162   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
4163   // need to check for mismatches.
4164   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
4165       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
4166       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
4167         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
4168     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
4169     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4170     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4171   }
4172 
4173   if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
4174     if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4175       // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
4176       //   If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
4177       //   its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
4178       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
4179       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4180     }
4181   }
4182 
4183   // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to
4184   // UndefinedButUsed.
4185   if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
4186       !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
4187     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
4188                                            SourceLocation()));
4189 
4190   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
4191     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
4192       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4193       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4194     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
4195       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4196       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4197     } else {
4198       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
4199       // static and dynamic initialization.
4200       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
4201       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
4202       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
4203         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
4204       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4205     }
4206   }
4207 
4208   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
4209   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4210       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
4211     if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
4212         Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
4213       // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
4214       Diag(New->getLocation(),
4215            diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
4216     } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4217       if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
4218         return;
4219     }
4220   }
4221 
4222   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
4223     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
4224     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4225     New->setInvalidDecl();
4226     return;
4227   }
4228 
4229   // Merge "used" flag.
4230   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
4231     New->setIsUsed();
4232 
4233   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
4234   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
4235   if (NewTemplate)
4236     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
4237   adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old);
4238 
4239   // Inherit access appropriately.
4240   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
4241   if (NewTemplate)
4242     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
4243 
4244   if (Old->isInline())
4245     New->setImplicitlyInline();
4246 }
4247 
4248 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) {
4249   SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager();
4250   auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New);
4251   auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation());
4252   auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first);
4253   auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first);
4254   auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
4255   StringRef HdrFilename =
4256       SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation()));
4257 
4258   auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod,
4259                                      SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool {
4260     // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped
4261     // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets
4262     // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition
4263     // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on.
4264     if (IncLoc.isValid()) {
4265       if (Mod) {
4266         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file)
4267             << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4268         if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid())
4269           Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here)
4270               << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4271       } else {
4272         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file)
4273             << HdrFilename.str();
4274       }
4275       return true;
4276     }
4277 
4278     return false;
4279   };
4280 
4281   // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why
4282   // this leads to a redefinition error.
4283   if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) {
4284     SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first);
4285     SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first);
4286     bool EmittedDiag =
4287         noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc);
4288     EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc);
4289 
4290     // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one.
4291     if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld))
4292       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards);
4293 
4294     if (EmittedDiag)
4295       return;
4296   }
4297 
4298   // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above.
4299   if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
4300     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4301 }
4302 
4303 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
4304 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
4305 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
4306   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
4307       (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
4308        New->isInline() ||
4309        New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
4310        New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
4311        New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
4312     // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
4313     // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
4314     New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
4315 
4316     // Make the canonical definition visible.
4317     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
4318       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD);
4319     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old);
4320     return false;
4321   } else {
4322     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
4323     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4324     New->setInvalidDecl();
4325     return true;
4326   }
4327 }
4328 
4329 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4330 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
4331 Decl *
4332 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4333                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4334   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false,
4335                                     AnonRecord);
4336 }
4337 
4338 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
4339 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
4340 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
4341 // compatibility.
4342 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
4343 // targeted.
4344 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
4345   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
4346              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
4347              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
4348 }
4349 
4350 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
4351   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4352     return;
4353 
4354   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
4355     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
4356     // it is anonymous.
4357     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
4358       return;
4359     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
4360         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
4361     Context.setManglingNumber(
4362         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
4363                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4364     return;
4365   }
4366 
4367   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
4368   MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
4369   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4370   std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
4371       getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext());
4372   if (MCtx) {
4373     Context.setManglingNumber(
4374         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4375                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4376   }
4377 }
4378 
4379 namespace {
4380 struct NonCLikeKind {
4381   enum {
4382     None,
4383     BaseClass,
4384     DefaultMemberInit,
4385     Lambda,
4386     Friend,
4387     OtherMember,
4388     Invalid,
4389   } Kind = None;
4390   SourceRange Range;
4391 
4392   explicit operator bool() { return Kind != None; }
4393 };
4394 }
4395 
4396 /// Determine whether a class is C-like, according to the rules of C++
4397 /// [dcl.typedef] for anonymous classes with typedef names for linkage.
4398 static NonCLikeKind getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
4399   if (RD->isInvalidDecl())
4400     return {NonCLikeKind::Invalid, {}};
4401 
4402   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1]
4403   //   An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall not
4404   //
4405   //    -- have any base classes
4406   if (RD->getNumBases())
4407     return {NonCLikeKind::BaseClass,
4408             SourceRange(RD->bases_begin()->getBeginLoc(),
4409                         RD->bases_end()[-1].getEndLoc())};
4410   bool Invalid = false;
4411   for (Decl *D : RD->decls()) {
4412     // Don't complain about things we already diagnosed.
4413     if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
4414       Invalid = true;
4415       continue;
4416     }
4417 
4418     //  -- have any [...] default member initializers
4419     if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
4420       if (FD->hasInClassInitializer()) {
4421         auto *Init = FD->getInClassInitializer();
4422         return {NonCLikeKind::DefaultMemberInit,
4423                 Init ? Init->getSourceRange() : D->getSourceRange()};
4424       }
4425       continue;
4426     }
4427 
4428     // FIXME: We don't allow friend declarations. This violates the wording of
4429     // P1766, but not the intent.
4430     if (isa<FriendDecl>(D))
4431       return {NonCLikeKind::Friend, D->getSourceRange()};
4432 
4433     //  -- declare any members other than non-static data members, member
4434     //     enumerations, or member classes,
4435     if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D) ||
4436         isa<EnumDecl>(D))
4437       continue;
4438     auto *MemberRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
4439     if (!MemberRD) {
4440       if (D->isImplicit())
4441         continue;
4442       return {NonCLikeKind::OtherMember, D->getSourceRange()};
4443     }
4444 
4445     //  -- contain a lambda-expression,
4446     if (MemberRD->isLambda())
4447       return {NonCLikeKind::Lambda, MemberRD->getSourceRange()};
4448 
4449     //  and all member classes shall also satisfy these requirements
4450     //  (recursively).
4451     if (MemberRD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
4452       if (auto Kind = getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(MemberRD))
4453         return Kind;
4454     }
4455   }
4456 
4457   return {Invalid ? NonCLikeKind::Invalid : NonCLikeKind::None, {}};
4458 }
4459 
4460 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
4461                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4462   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
4463     return;
4464 
4465   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
4466   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
4467     return;
4468 
4469   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
4470   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
4471 
4472   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
4473   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
4474                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
4475     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4476       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
4477     return;
4478   }
4479 
4480   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1, applied as DR]
4481   //   An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall [be
4482   //   C-like].
4483   //
4484   // FIXME: Also diagnose if we've already computed the linkage. That ideally
4485   // shouldn't happen, but there are constructs that the language rule doesn't
4486   // disallow for which we can't reasonably avoid computing linkage early.
4487   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagFromDeclSpec);
4488   NonCLikeKind NonCLike = RD ? getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(RD)
4489                              : NonCLikeKind();
4490   bool ChangesLinkage = TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed();
4491   if (NonCLike || ChangesLinkage) {
4492     if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::Invalid)
4493       return;
4494 
4495     unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef;
4496     if (ChangesLinkage) {
4497       // If the linkage changes, we can't accept this as an extension.
4498       if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::None)
4499         DiagID = diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage;
4500       else
4501         DiagID = diag::err_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef;
4502     }
4503 
4504     SourceLocation FixitLoc =
4505         getLocForEndOfToken(TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart());
4506     llvm::SmallString<40> TextToInsert;
4507     TextToInsert += ' ';
4508     TextToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
4509 
4510     Diag(FixitLoc, DiagID)
4511       << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD)
4512       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixitLoc, TextToInsert);
4513     if (NonCLike.Kind != NonCLikeKind::None) {
4514       Diag(NonCLike.Range.getBegin(), diag::note_non_c_like_anon_struct)
4515         << NonCLike.Kind - 1 << NonCLike.Range;
4516     }
4517     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::note_typedef_for_linkage_here)
4518       << NewTD << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD);
4519 
4520     if (ChangesLinkage)
4521       return;
4522   }
4523 
4524   // Otherwise, set this as the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
4525   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
4526 }
4527 
4528 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
4529   switch (T) {
4530   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
4531     return 0;
4532   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
4533     return 1;
4534   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
4535     return 2;
4536   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
4537     return 3;
4538   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
4539     return 4;
4540   default:
4541     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
4542   }
4543 }
4544 
4545 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4546 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
4547 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
4548 Decl *
4549 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4550                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4551                                  bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
4552                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4553   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
4554   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
4555   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4556       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4557       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4558       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4559       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4560     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
4561 
4562     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
4563       return nullptr;
4564 
4565     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
4566     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
4567     // it's a Type.
4568     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
4569       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
4570     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
4571       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4572   }
4573 
4574   if (Tag) {
4575     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
4576     Tag->setFreeStanding();
4577     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
4578       return Tag;
4579   }
4580 
4581   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4582     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
4583     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
4584     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4585       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4586            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
4587            << DS.getSourceRange();
4588   }
4589 
4590   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4591     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
4592         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
4593 
4594   if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) {
4595     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
4596     // and definitions of functions and variables.
4597     // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to
4598     // the declaration of a function or function template
4599     if (Tag)
4600       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
4601           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType())
4602           << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier());
4603     else
4604       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
4605           << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier());
4606     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
4607     return TagD;
4608   }
4609 
4610   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
4611 
4612   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
4613     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
4614     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
4615     if (TagD && !Tag)
4616       return nullptr;
4617     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
4618   }
4619 
4620   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
4621   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
4622     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
4623   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4624       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization &&
4625       !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) {
4626     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
4627     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
4628     // or an explicit specialization.
4629     //
4630     // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the
4631     // obvious intent of DR1819.
4632     //
4633     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
4634     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
4635         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
4636     return nullptr;
4637   }
4638 
4639   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
4640   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
4641 
4642   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
4643   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
4644     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4645         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4646       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
4647           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
4648         // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
4649         // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
4650         // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
4651         // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
4652         // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
4653         // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
4654         // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
4655         if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4656           AnonRecord = Record;
4657         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
4658                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4659       }
4660 
4661       DeclaresAnything = false;
4662     }
4663   }
4664 
4665   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
4666   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
4667   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
4668   //
4669   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
4670   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
4671   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
4672       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4673     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
4674     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
4675     //   struct STRUCT;
4676     //   union UNION;
4677     // and
4678     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
4679     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
4680     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
4681         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
4682       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
4683       if (Tag)
4684         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
4685       else if (const RecordType *RT =
4686                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
4687         Record = RT->getDecl();
4688       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
4689         Record = UT->getDecl();
4690 
4691       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4692         Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
4693             << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
4694         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
4695       }
4696 
4697       DeclaresAnything = false;
4698     }
4699   }
4700 
4701   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
4702   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
4703       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
4704     return TagD;
4705 
4706   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4707       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4708     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
4709       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
4710           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
4711         DeclaresAnything = false;
4712 
4713   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
4714     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
4715     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4716       Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
4717           << DS.getSourceRange();
4718     else
4719       DeclaresAnything = false;
4720   }
4721 
4722   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
4723       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4724     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
4725       << Tag->getTagKind()
4726       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4727 
4728   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
4729 
4730   // C 6.7/2:
4731   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
4732   //   or the members of an enumeration.
4733   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
4734   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4735   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4736   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
4737   //   previous declaration.
4738   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
4739     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
4740     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
4741     Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), (IsExplicitInstantiation || !TemplateParams.empty())
4742                                ? diag::err_no_declarators
4743                                : diag::ext_no_declarators)
4744         << DS.getSourceRange();
4745     return TagD;
4746   }
4747 
4748   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
4749   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
4750   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4751   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
4752   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
4753   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4754   //
4755   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
4756   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
4757   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4758     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
4759 
4760   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
4761   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
4762   // useless.
4763   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
4764     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
4765       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
4766       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
4767       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4768     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4769       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4770         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
4771   }
4772 
4773   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
4774     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4775       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4776   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4777     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4778       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
4779     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4780       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
4781     // Restrict is covered above.
4782     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4783       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
4784     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4785       Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
4786   }
4787 
4788   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
4789   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
4790   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
4791   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
4792     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4793     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4794         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4795         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4796         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4797         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4798       for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes())
4799         Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
4800             << AL << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
4801     }
4802   }
4803 
4804   return TagD;
4805 }
4806 
4807 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
4808 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
4809 ///
4810 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
4811 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
4812                                          Scope *S,
4813                                          DeclContext *Owner,
4814                                          DeclarationName Name,
4815                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4816                                          bool IsUnion) {
4817   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
4818                  Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
4819   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
4820 
4821   // Pick a representative declaration.
4822   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
4823   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
4824 
4825   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
4826     return false;
4827 
4828   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
4829     << IsUnion << Name;
4830   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4831 
4832   return true;
4833 }
4834 
4835 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
4836 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
4837 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
4838 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
4839 /// struct, e.g.,
4840 ///
4841 /// @code
4842 /// union {
4843 ///   int i;
4844 ///   float f;
4845 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
4846 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
4847 /// @endcode
4848 ///
4849 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
4850 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
4851 static bool
4852 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
4853                                     RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
4854                                     SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
4855   bool Invalid = false;
4856 
4857   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
4858   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
4859     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
4860         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
4861       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
4862       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
4863                                        VD->getLocation(),
4864                                        AnonRecord->isUnion())) {
4865         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4866         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
4867         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
4868         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
4869         Invalid = true;
4870       } else {
4871         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4872         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
4873         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
4874         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
4875         //   anonymous union is declared.
4876         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
4877         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
4878           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
4879         else
4880           Chaining.push_back(VD);
4881 
4882         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
4883         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
4884           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
4885         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
4886           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
4887 
4888         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
4889             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
4890             VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
4891 
4892         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
4893           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
4894 
4895         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4896         IndirectField->setImplicit();
4897         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
4898 
4899         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
4900         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4901 
4902         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
4903       }
4904     }
4905   }
4906 
4907   return Invalid;
4908 }
4909 
4910 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
4911 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
4912 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
4913 static StorageClass
4914 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4915   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4916   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4917          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4918   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
4919   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
4920   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
4921     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
4922       return SC_None;
4923     return SC_Extern;
4924   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
4925   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
4926   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
4927   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4928     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
4929   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
4930   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4931   }
4932   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4933 }
4934 
4935 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4936   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4937 
4938   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4939     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4940     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4941       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4942     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4943       return FD->getLocation();
4944   }
4945 
4946   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4947 }
4948 
4949 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4950                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4951   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4952     return;
4953 
4954   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4955   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4956 }
4957 
4958 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4959                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4960   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4961     return;
4962 
4963   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4964 }
4965 
4966 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4967 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4968 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4969 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4970 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4971                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4972                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4973                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4974   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4975 
4976   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4977   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4978     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4979   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4980     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4981   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4982     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4983 
4984   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4985   // structs/unions.
4986   bool Invalid = false;
4987   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4988     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4989     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4990       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4991       // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2:
4992       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4993       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4994       unsigned DiagID;
4995       DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext();
4996       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4997           (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() ||
4998            (OwnerScope->isNamespace() &&
4999             !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) {
5000         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
5001           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
5002 
5003         // Recover by adding 'static'.
5004         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
5005                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
5006       }
5007       // C++ [class.union]p6:
5008       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
5009       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
5010       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5011                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
5012         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5013              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
5014           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5015 
5016         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
5017         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
5018                                SourceLocation(),
5019                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
5020       }
5021     }
5022 
5023     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
5024     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
5025       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
5026         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5027           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
5028           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
5029       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
5030         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
5031              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5032           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
5033           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
5034       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
5035         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
5036              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5037           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
5038           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
5039       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
5040         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
5041              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5042           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
5043           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
5044       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
5045         Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
5046              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5047           << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
5048           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
5049 
5050       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
5051     }
5052 
5053     // C++ [class.union]p2:
5054     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
5055     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
5056     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
5057     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
5058       // Ignore invalid declarations; we already diagnosed them.
5059       if (Mem->isInvalidDecl())
5060         continue;
5061 
5062       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
5063         // C++ [class.union]p3:
5064         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
5065         //   members (clause 11).
5066         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
5067         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
5068           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
5069             << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
5070           Invalid = true;
5071         }
5072 
5073         // C++ [class.union]p1
5074         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
5075         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
5076         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
5077         //   array of such objects.
5078         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
5079           Invalid = true;
5080       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
5081         // Any implicit members are fine.
5082       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
5083         // This is a type that showed up in an
5084         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
5085         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
5086         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
5087       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
5088         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
5089             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
5090           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
5091           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
5092             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
5093               << Record->isUnion();
5094           else {
5095             // This is a nested type declaration.
5096             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
5097               << Record->isUnion();
5098             Invalid = true;
5099           }
5100         } else {
5101           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
5102           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
5103           // not part of standard C++.
5104           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
5105                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
5106             << Record->isUnion();
5107         }
5108       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
5109         // Any access specifier is fine.
5110       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
5111         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
5112       } else {
5113         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
5114         // member. Complain about it.
5115         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
5116         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
5117           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
5118         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
5119           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
5120         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
5121           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
5122 
5123         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
5124         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
5125             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
5126           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
5127             << Record->isUnion();
5128         else {
5129           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
5130           Invalid = true;
5131         }
5132       }
5133     }
5134 
5135     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
5136     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
5137     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
5138     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
5139         Owner->isRecord())
5140       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
5141                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
5142   }
5143 
5144   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
5145     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
5146       << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
5147     Invalid = true;
5148   }
5149 
5150   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
5151   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
5152   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
5153   //   names into the program
5154   // C++ [class.mem]p2:
5155   //   each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member
5156   //   name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field
5157   //
5158   // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere.
5159   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty())
5160     Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
5161 
5162   // Mock up a declarator.
5163   Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::Member);
5164   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
5165   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
5166 
5167   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
5168   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
5169   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
5170     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(
5171         Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(),
5172         /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo,
5173         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5174         /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5175     Anon->setAccess(AS);
5176     ProcessDeclAttributes(S, Anon, Dc);
5177 
5178     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5179       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
5180   } else {
5181     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
5182     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
5183     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5184       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5185       // an error here
5186       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5187       Invalid = true;
5188       SC = SC_None;
5189     }
5190 
5191     assert(DS.getAttributes().empty() && "No attribute expected");
5192     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(),
5193                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
5194                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC);
5195 
5196     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
5197     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
5198     // initializer:
5199     //   union { int n = 0; };
5200     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon);
5201   }
5202   Anon->setImplicit();
5203 
5204   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
5205   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
5206 
5207   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
5208   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
5209   // its members.
5210   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
5211 
5212   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
5213   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5214   // purposes.
5215   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5216   Chain.push_back(Anon);
5217 
5218   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain))
5219     Invalid = true;
5220 
5221   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
5222     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5223       MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
5224       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5225       std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
5226           getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext());
5227       if (MCtx) {
5228         Context.setManglingNumber(
5229             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
5230                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
5231         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5232       }
5233     }
5234   }
5235 
5236   if (Invalid)
5237     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5238 
5239   return Anon;
5240 }
5241 
5242 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
5243 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
5244 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
5245 /// Example:
5246 ///
5247 /// struct A { int a; };
5248 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
5249 ///
5250 /// void foo() {
5251 ///   B var;
5252 ///   var.a = 3;
5253 /// }
5254 ///
5255 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
5256                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
5257   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
5258 
5259   // Mock up a declarator.
5260   Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeName);
5261   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
5262   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
5263 
5264   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
5265   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5266 
5267   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
5268   NamedDecl *Anon =
5269       FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(),
5270                         /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo,
5271                         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5272                         /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5273   Anon->setImplicit();
5274 
5275   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
5276   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
5277 
5278   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
5279   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5280   // purposes.
5281   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5282   Chain.push_back(Anon);
5283 
5284   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
5285   if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
5286                                diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless) ||
5287       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
5288                                           AS_none, Chain)) {
5289     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5290     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5291   }
5292 
5293   return Anon;
5294 }
5295 
5296 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
5297 /// given Declarator.
5298 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
5299   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
5300 }
5301 
5302 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
5303 DeclarationNameInfo
5304 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
5305   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
5306   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
5307 
5308   switch (Name.getKind()) {
5309 
5310   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
5311   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
5312     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
5313     return NameInfo;
5314 
5315   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: {
5316     // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3:
5317     //   The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization.
5318     //   The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name
5319     //   of the simple-template-id.
5320     // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a
5321     // class template.
5322     // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {};
5323     //        template<typename T> using Y = X<T>;
5324     //        Y(int) -> Y<int>;
5325     //   satisfies these rules but does not name a class template.
5326     TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get();
5327     auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl();
5328     if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) {
5329       Diag(Name.StartLocation,
5330            diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template)
5331         << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN;
5332       if (Template)
5333         Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
5334       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5335     }
5336 
5337     NameInfo.setName(
5338         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template));
5339     return NameInfo;
5340   }
5341 
5342   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
5343     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
5344                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
5345     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
5346       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
5347     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
5348       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
5349     return NameInfo;
5350 
5351   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
5352     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
5353                                                            Name.Identifier));
5354     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
5355     return NameInfo;
5356 
5357   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
5358     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5359     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
5360     if (Ty.isNull())
5361       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5362     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
5363                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5364     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5365     return NameInfo;
5366   }
5367 
5368   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: {
5369     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5370     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
5371     if (Ty.isNull())
5372       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5373     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5374                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5375     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5376     return NameInfo;
5377   }
5378 
5379   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
5380     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
5381     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
5382     // to find the actual type being constructed.
5383     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
5384     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
5385       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5386 
5387     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
5388     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
5389 
5390     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
5391     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
5392     // was qualified.
5393 
5394     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5395                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
5396     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
5397     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
5398     return NameInfo;
5399   }
5400 
5401   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: {
5402     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5403     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
5404     if (Ty.isNull())
5405       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5406     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5407                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5408     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5409     return NameInfo;
5410   }
5411 
5412   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: {
5413     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
5414     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
5415     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
5416   }
5417 
5418   } // switch (Name.getKind())
5419 
5420   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
5421 }
5422 
5423 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
5424   do {
5425     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
5426       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
5427     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
5428       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
5429     else
5430       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
5431   } while (true);
5432 }
5433 
5434 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
5435 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
5436 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
5437 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
5438 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
5439 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
5440 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
5441 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
5442                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
5443                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
5444                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
5445   Params.clear();
5446   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
5447     return false;
5448   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
5449     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5450     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5451 
5452     // The parameter types are identical
5453     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
5454       continue;
5455 
5456     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
5457     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
5458     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5459     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5460 
5461     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
5462         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
5463       Params.push_back(Idx);
5464     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
5465       return false;
5466   }
5467 
5468   return true;
5469 }
5470 
5471 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
5472 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
5473 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
5474 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
5475 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
5476 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
5477                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
5478   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
5479   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
5480   //   - types which will become injected class names
5481   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
5482   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
5483   // few cases here.
5484 
5485   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
5486   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
5487   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
5488   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
5489   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
5490   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
5491     // Grab the type from the parser.
5492     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
5493     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
5494     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
5495 
5496     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
5497     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
5498     // attached already.
5499     if (!TSI)
5500       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
5501 
5502     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
5503     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
5504     if (!TSI) return true;
5505 
5506     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
5507     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
5508     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
5509     break;
5510   }
5511 
5512   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
5513   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
5514     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
5515     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
5516     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
5517     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
5518     break;
5519   }
5520 
5521   default:
5522     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
5523     break;
5524   }
5525 
5526   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
5527   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5528     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
5529 
5530     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
5531     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
5532     // pointer.
5533     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
5534       continue;
5535 
5536     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
5537     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
5538     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
5539       return true;
5540   }
5541 
5542   return false;
5543 }
5544 
5545 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
5546   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration);
5547   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
5548 
5549   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
5550       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
5551     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5552 
5553   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
5554     setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl);
5555 
5556   return Dcl;
5557 }
5558 
5559 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
5560 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
5561 ///   name different from T:
5562 ///     - every static data member of class T;
5563 ///     - every member function of class T
5564 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
5565 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
5566 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
5567                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
5568   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5569 
5570   CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5571   while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
5572     Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
5573   if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
5574     Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
5575     return true;
5576   }
5577 
5578   return false;
5579 }
5580 
5581 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
5582 /// nested-name-specifier.
5583 ///
5584 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5585 ///
5586 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
5587 /// resolves.
5588 ///
5589 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
5590 ///
5591 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
5592 ///
5593 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus
5594 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation.
5595 ///
5596 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
5597 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
5598                                         DeclarationName Name,
5599                                         SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) {
5600   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
5601   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
5602     Cur = Cur->getParent();
5603 
5604   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
5605   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
5606   //
5607   // class X {
5608   //   void X::f();
5609   // };
5610   //
5611   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
5612   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
5613   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
5614     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5615       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
5616                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
5617         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
5618       SS.clear();
5619     } else {
5620       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
5621     }
5622     return false;
5623   }
5624 
5625   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
5626   // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in
5627   // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope.
5628   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) {
5629     if (Cur->isRecord())
5630       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5631         << Name << SS.getRange();
5632     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
5633       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
5634         << Name << SS.getRange();
5635     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
5636       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
5637         << Name << SS.getRange();
5638     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
5639       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
5640         << Name << SS.getRange();
5641     else
5642       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
5643       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
5644 
5645     return true;
5646   }
5647 
5648   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5649     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
5650     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5651       << Name << SS.getRange();
5652     SS.clear();
5653 
5654     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
5655     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
5656     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
5657     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
5658          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
5659         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
5660                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
5661       return true;
5662 
5663     return false;
5664   }
5665 
5666   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
5667   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
5668   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
5669   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
5670   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
5671     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
5672   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
5673         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
5674     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
5675       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
5676 
5677   return false;
5678 }
5679 
5680 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5681                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
5682   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5683   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5684   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5685 
5686   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
5687   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
5688   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5689     return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
5690   } else if (!Name) {
5691     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
5692       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
5693           << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
5694     return nullptr;
5695   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
5696     return nullptr;
5697 
5698   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
5699   // we find one that is.
5700   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
5701          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
5702     S = S->getParent();
5703 
5704   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
5705   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
5706     D.setInvalidType();
5707   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5708     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5709                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
5710       return nullptr;
5711 
5712     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5713     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
5714     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
5715       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
5716       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
5717       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
5718       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
5719       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5720            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
5721         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
5722         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5723       return nullptr;
5724     }
5725     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
5726 
5727     if (!IsDependentContext &&
5728         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
5729       return nullptr;
5730 
5731     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
5732     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
5733       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5734            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
5735         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5736       return nullptr;
5737     }
5738     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5739       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(
5740               D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5741               D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) {
5742         if (DC->isRecord())
5743           return nullptr;
5744 
5745         D.setInvalidType();
5746       }
5747     }
5748 
5749     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
5750     // declaration in the current instantiation.
5751     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
5752         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
5753       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5754       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
5755         D.setInvalidType();
5756     }
5757   }
5758 
5759   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
5760   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5761 
5762   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
5763                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
5764     D.setInvalidType();
5765 
5766   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5767                         forRedeclarationInCurContext());
5768 
5769   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
5770   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5771     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
5772     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
5773 
5774     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
5775     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
5776     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
5777     //
5778     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
5779     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
5780     // the same name.
5781     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5782       /* Do nothing*/;
5783     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5784              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
5785               R->isFunctionType())) {
5786       IsLinkageLookup = true;
5787       CreateBuiltins =
5788           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
5789     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5790                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
5791       CreateBuiltins = true;
5792 
5793     if (IsLinkageLookup) {
5794       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
5795       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration);
5796     }
5797 
5798     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
5799   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
5800     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5801 
5802     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5803     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
5804     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
5805     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
5806     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
5807     //  thereof; [...]
5808     //
5809     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
5810     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
5811     // we want to match. For example, given:
5812     //
5813     //   class X {
5814     //     void f();
5815     //     void f(float);
5816     //   };
5817     //
5818     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
5819     //
5820     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
5821     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
5822     // matches.
5823 
5824     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5825     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
5826     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
5827     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5828     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
5829   }
5830 
5831   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5832       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5833     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5834     if (!D.isInvalidType())
5835       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5836                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
5837 
5838     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5839     Previous.clear();
5840   }
5841 
5842   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
5843     // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name.
5844     Previous.clear();
5845 
5846   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
5847   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
5848   // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and
5849   // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates.
5850   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
5851       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
5852       (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType()))
5853     Previous.clear();
5854 
5855   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
5856   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
5857   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5858     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5859 
5860   NamedDecl *New;
5861 
5862   bool AddToScope = true;
5863   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
5864     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5865       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
5866       return nullptr;
5867     }
5868 
5869     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
5870   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
5871     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
5872                                   TemplateParamLists,
5873                                   AddToScope);
5874   } else {
5875     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
5876                                   AddToScope);
5877   }
5878 
5879   if (!New)
5880     return nullptr;
5881 
5882   // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
5883   // add it to the scope stack.
5884   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope)
5885     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
5886 
5887   if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
5888     checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
5889 
5890   return New;
5891 }
5892 
5893 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5894 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5895 /// GCC compatibility).
5896 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
5897                                                     ASTContext &Context,
5898                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
5899                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5900   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
5901   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
5902   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
5903   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
5904   SizeIsNegative = false;
5905   Oversized = 0;
5906 
5907   if (T->isDependentType())
5908     return QualType();
5909 
5910   QualifierCollector Qs;
5911   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
5912 
5913   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
5914     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
5915     QualType FixedType =
5916         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5917                                             Oversized);
5918     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5919     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
5920     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5921   }
5922   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
5923     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
5924     QualType FixedType =
5925         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5926                                             Oversized);
5927     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5928     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
5929     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5930   }
5931 
5932   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
5933   if (!VLATy)
5934     return QualType();
5935 
5936   QualType ElemTy = VLATy->getElementType();
5937   if (ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5938     ElemTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(ElemTy, Context,
5939                                                  SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5940     if (ElemTy.isNull())
5941       return QualType();
5942   }
5943 
5944   Expr::EvalResult Result;
5945   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
5946       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
5947     return QualType();
5948 
5949   llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt();
5950 
5951   // Check whether the array size is negative.
5952   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
5953     SizeIsNegative = true;
5954     return QualType();
5955   }
5956 
5957   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
5958   unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
5959       (!ElemTy->isDependentType() && !ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
5960        !ElemTy->isIncompleteType() && !ElemTy->isUndeducedType())
5961           ? ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, ElemTy, Res)
5962           : Res.getActiveBits();
5963   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5964     Oversized = Res;
5965     return QualType();
5966   }
5967 
5968   return Context.getConstantArrayType(ElemTy, Res, VLATy->getSizeExpr(),
5969                                       ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5970 }
5971 
5972 static void
5973 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5974   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5975   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5976   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5977     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5978     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5979                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5980     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5981     return;
5982   }
5983   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5984     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5985     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5986                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5987     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5988     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5989     return;
5990   }
5991   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5992   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5993   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5994   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5995   if (VariableArrayTypeLoc SrcElemATL =
5996           SrcElemTL.getAs<VariableArrayTypeLoc>()) {
5997     ConstantArrayTypeLoc DstElemATL = DstElemTL.castAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>();
5998     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcElemATL, DstElemATL);
5999   } else {
6000     DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
6001   }
6002   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
6003   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
6004   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
6005 }
6006 
6007 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
6008 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
6009 /// GCC compatibility).
6010 static TypeSourceInfo*
6011 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6012                                               ASTContext &Context,
6013                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
6014                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
6015   QualType FixedTy
6016     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
6017                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6018   if (FixedTy.isNull())
6019     return nullptr;
6020   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
6021   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
6022                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
6023   return FixedTInfo;
6024 }
6025 
6026 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
6027 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
6028 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
6029 /// function-scope declarations.
6030 void
6031 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
6032   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6033       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6034     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
6035     return;
6036 
6037   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
6038   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
6039 }
6040 
6041 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
6042   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
6043   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
6044   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
6045 }
6046 
6047 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
6048 /// does not identify a function.
6049 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
6050   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
6051   // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
6052   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
6053     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6054          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6055 
6056   if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier())
6057     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6058          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
6059 
6060   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
6061     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6062          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
6063 }
6064 
6065 NamedDecl*
6066 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
6067                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
6068   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6069   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6070     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
6071       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6072     D.setInvalidType();
6073     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
6074     DC = CurContext;
6075     Previous.clear();
6076   }
6077 
6078   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6079 
6080   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
6081     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6082         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
6083   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
6084     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
6085         << 1 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
6086 
6087   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
6088     if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName)
6089       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation,
6090            diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier)
6091           << "typedef";
6092     else
6093       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
6094           << D.getName().getSourceRange();
6095     return nullptr;
6096   }
6097 
6098   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
6099   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
6100 
6101   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6102   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
6103 
6104   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
6105 
6106   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
6107   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
6108   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
6109   return ND;
6110 }
6111 
6112 void
6113 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
6114   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
6115   // then it shall have block scope.
6116   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
6117   // that redeclarations will match.
6118   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6119   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6120   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6121     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
6122 
6123     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6124       bool SizeIsNegative;
6125       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6126       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6127         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6128                                                       SizeIsNegative,
6129                                                       Oversized);
6130       if (FixedTInfo) {
6131         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
6132         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6133       } else {
6134         if (SizeIsNegative)
6135           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
6136         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
6137           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
6138         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
6139           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
6140             << Oversized.toString(10);
6141         else
6142           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6143         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
6144       }
6145     }
6146   }
6147 }
6148 
6149 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
6150 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
6151 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
6152 NamedDecl*
6153 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
6154                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
6155 
6156   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
6157   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous);
6158 
6159   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
6160   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
6161   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
6162                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
6163   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
6164   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6165     Redeclaration = true;
6166     MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
6167   } else {
6168     inferGslPointerAttribute(NewTD);
6169   }
6170 
6171   if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration)
6172     CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
6173 
6174   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
6175   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
6176     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6177         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6178       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
6179         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
6180       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
6181         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
6182       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
6183         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
6184       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
6185         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
6186     }
6187 
6188   return NewTD;
6189 }
6190 
6191 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
6192 /// previous declaration.
6193 ///
6194 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
6195 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
6196 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
6197 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
6198 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
6199 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
6200 ///
6201 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
6202 /// lookup
6203 ///
6204 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
6205 /// declared.
6206 ///
6207 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
6208 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
6209 static bool
6210 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
6211                                 ASTContext &Context) {
6212   if (!PrevDecl)
6213     return false;
6214 
6215   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
6216     return false;
6217 
6218   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6219     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
6220     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
6221     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
6222     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
6223     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
6224     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
6225     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
6226     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
6227       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
6228       return false;
6229 
6230     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
6231     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
6232       // We found a member function: ignore it.
6233       return false;
6234 
6235     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
6236     // previous declarations.
6237     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6238     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6239 
6240     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
6241     // isn't the same function.
6242     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
6243       return false;
6244   }
6245 
6246   return true;
6247 }
6248 
6249 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
6250   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
6251   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
6252   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context));
6253 }
6254 
6255 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
6256   QualType type = decl->getType();
6257   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
6258   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
6259     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
6260     unsigned kind = -1U;
6261     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
6262       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6263         kind = 0; // __block
6264       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
6265         kind = 1; // global
6266     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
6267       kind = 3; // ivar
6268     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
6269       kind = 2; // field
6270     }
6271 
6272     if (kind != -1U) {
6273       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
6274         << kind;
6275     }
6276   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6277     // Try to infer lifetime.
6278     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
6279       return false;
6280 
6281     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
6282     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
6283     decl->setType(type);
6284   }
6285 
6286   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
6287     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
6288     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
6289         var->getTLSKind()) {
6290       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
6291         << var->getType();
6292       return true;
6293     }
6294   }
6295 
6296   return false;
6297 }
6298 
6299 void Sema::deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *Decl) {
6300   if (Decl->getType().hasAddressSpace())
6301     return;
6302   if (Decl->getType()->isDependentType())
6303     return;
6304   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
6305     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6306     if (Type->isSamplerT() || Type->isVoidType())
6307       return;
6308     LangAS ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_private;
6309     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus || getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) &&
6310         Var->hasGlobalStorage())
6311       ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_global;
6312     // If the original type from a decayed type is an array type and that array
6313     // type has no address space yet, deduce it now.
6314     if (auto DT = dyn_cast<DecayedType>(Type)) {
6315       auto OrigTy = DT->getOriginalType();
6316       if (!OrigTy.hasAddressSpace() && OrigTy->isArrayType()) {
6317         // Add the address space to the original array type and then propagate
6318         // that to the element type through `getAsArrayType`.
6319         OrigTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(OrigTy, ImplAS);
6320         OrigTy = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy), 0);
6321         // Re-generate the decayed type.
6322         Type = Context.getDecayedType(OrigTy);
6323       }
6324     }
6325     Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, ImplAS);
6326     // Apply any qualifiers (including address space) from the array type to
6327     // the element type. This implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of
6328     // an array type includes any type qualifiers, the element type is so
6329     // qualified, not the array type."
6330     if (Type->isArrayType())
6331       Type = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(Type), 0);
6332     Decl->setType(Type);
6333   }
6334 }
6335 
6336 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
6337   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
6338   // the wrong linkage.
6339   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
6340 
6341   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
6342   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
6343     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6344       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
6345       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
6346     }
6347   }
6348   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
6349     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6350       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
6351       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
6352       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6353     }
6354   }
6355 
6356   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
6357     if (VD->hasInit()) {
6358       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
6359         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
6360                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
6361         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
6362         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6363       }
6364     }
6365   }
6366 
6367   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
6368   // It does not apply to functions.
6369   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
6370     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6371       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
6372              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
6373       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
6374     }
6375   }
6376 
6377   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
6378     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
6379     bool IsAnonymousNS = false;
6380     bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
6381     if (VD) {
6382       const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext());
6383       while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) {
6384         IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace();
6385         NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent());
6386       }
6387     }
6388     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
6389     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
6390     // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have
6391     // external linkage in order to be exported.
6392     bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft;
6393     if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) ||
6394         (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode &&
6395          (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) {
6396       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
6397         << &ND << Attr;
6398       ND.setInvalidDecl();
6399     }
6400   }
6401 
6402   // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'.
6403   if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>())
6404     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND))
6405       if (MD->isVirtual()) {
6406         S.Diag(ND.getLocation(),
6407                diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function)
6408             << Attr;
6409         ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>();
6410       }
6411 
6412   // Check the attributes on the function type, if any.
6413   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) {
6414     // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement;
6415     // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the
6416     // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769.
6417     AttributedTypeLoc ATL;
6418     for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
6419          (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>());
6420          TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) {
6421       // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object
6422       // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor)
6423       // by applying it to the function type.
6424       if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) {
6425         const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6426         if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) {
6427           S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param)
6428               << !MD << A->getRange();
6429         } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
6430           S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor)
6431               << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange();
6432         }
6433       }
6434     }
6435   }
6436 }
6437 
6438 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
6439                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
6440                                            bool IsSpecialization,
6441                                            bool IsDefinition) {
6442   if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6443     return;
6444 
6445   bool IsTemplate = false;
6446   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
6447     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6448     IsTemplate = true;
6449     if (!IsSpecialization)
6450       IsDefinition = false;
6451   }
6452   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6453     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6454     IsTemplate = true;
6455   }
6456 
6457   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
6458     return;
6459 
6460   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6461   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6462   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6463   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6464 
6465   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
6466   // inherited attribute instances.
6467   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
6468                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
6469 
6470   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
6471   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
6472   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
6473   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
6474   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
6475 
6476   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
6477     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
6478     bool JustWarn = false;
6479     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
6480       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
6481       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
6482         JustWarn = true;
6483       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
6484       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
6485         JustWarn = true;
6486     }
6487 
6488     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
6489     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
6490     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
6491     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
6492       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
6493         JustWarn = false;
6494 
6495     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
6496                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
6497     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
6498         << NewDecl
6499         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
6500     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6501     if (!JustWarn) {
6502       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6503       return;
6504     }
6505   }
6506 
6507   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
6508   // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function
6509   // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or
6510   // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if
6511   // it were marked dllexport.
6512   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
6513   bool IsMicrosoftABI  = S.Context.getTargetInfo().shouldDLLImportComdatSymbols();
6514   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6515     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
6516     // separately.
6517     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
6518     IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
6519                    VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
6520   } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6521     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
6522     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
6523                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
6524   }
6525 
6526   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr &&
6527       (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoftABI && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember &&
6528       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
6529     if (IsMicrosoftABI && IsDefinition) {
6530       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6531              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
6532           << NewDecl;
6533       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6534       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6535       NewDecl->addAttr(
6536           DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, NewImportAttr->getRange()));
6537     } else {
6538       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6539              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
6540           << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6541       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6542       S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
6543       OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6544       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6545     }
6546   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoftABI) {
6547     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport
6548     // attribute.
6549     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6550     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6551     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6552            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
6553         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6554   }
6555 
6556   // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here
6557   // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the
6558   // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically
6559   // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later.
6560   if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6561     if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization &&
6562         !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) {
6563       if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr =
6564               MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
6565         DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context);
6566         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
6567         NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr);
6568       }
6569     }
6570   }
6571 }
6572 
6573 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
6574 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
6575 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
6576 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6577   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
6578 
6579   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
6580   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
6581 
6582   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
6583   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
6584     return false;
6585 
6586   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
6587   return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
6588 }
6589 
6590 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
6591 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
6592 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
6593 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
6594 ///
6595 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
6596 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
6597 ///
6598 /// For instance:
6599 ///
6600 ///   auto x = []{};
6601 ///
6602 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
6603 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
6604 ///
6605 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
6606 template<typename T>
6607 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
6608   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6609     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
6610     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
6611       return false;
6612 
6613     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
6614     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
6615                                  D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
6616       return false;
6617   }
6618   return D->isExternC();
6619 }
6620 
6621 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
6622   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6623   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) ||
6624       isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
6625     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
6626   if (DC->isFileContext())
6627     return true;
6628   if (DC->isRecord())
6629     return false;
6630   if (isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(DC))
6631     return false;
6632   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6633 }
6634 
6635 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6636   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6637   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
6638       isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
6639     return true;
6640   if (DC->isRecord())
6641     return false;
6642   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6643 }
6644 
6645 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
6646                           ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) {
6647   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
6648   if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind))
6649     return true;
6650 
6651   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
6652   // position to the decl itself.
6653   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
6654     if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind))
6655       return true;
6656   }
6657 
6658   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
6659   return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind);
6660 }
6661 
6662 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
6663 /// function-local external declaration.
6664 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
6665   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
6666     return false;
6667 
6668   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
6669   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
6670   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
6671   if (DC->isDependentContext())
6672     return true;
6673 
6674   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
6675   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
6676   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
6677   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
6678   //
6679   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
6680   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
6681   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
6682     DC = DC->getParent();
6683   return true;
6684 }
6685 
6686 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
6687 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
6688   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
6689     return FD->isExternC();
6690   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
6691     return VD->isExternC();
6692 
6693   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
6694 }
6695 /// Returns true if there hasn't been any invalid type diagnosed.
6696 static bool diagnoseOpenCLTypes(Scope *S, Sema &Se, Declarator &D,
6697                                 DeclContext *DC, QualType R) {
6698   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
6699   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
6700   // argument.
6701   if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) {
6702     Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6703             diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
6704         << R;
6705     D.setInvalidType();
6706     return false;
6707   }
6708 
6709   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6710   // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
6711   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q:
6712   // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program
6713   // scope.
6714   if (NULL == S->getParent()) {
6715     if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) {
6716       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6717               diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var)
6718           << R;
6719       D.setInvalidType();
6720       return false;
6721     }
6722   }
6723 
6724   // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
6725   QualType NR = R;
6726   while (NR->isPointerType()) {
6727     if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
6728       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer);
6729       D.setInvalidType();
6730       return false;
6731     }
6732     NR = NR->getPointeeType();
6733   }
6734 
6735   if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) {
6736     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
6737     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
6738     if (Se.Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
6739       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
6740       D.setInvalidType();
6741       return false;
6742     }
6743   }
6744 
6745   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6746   // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
6747   // address space qualifiers.
6748   if (R->isEventT()) {
6749     if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) {
6750       Se.Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
6751       D.setInvalidType();
6752       return false;
6753     }
6754   }
6755 
6756   // C++ for OpenCL does not allow the thread_local storage qualifier.
6757   // OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and
6758   // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers.
6759   DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec();
6760   if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) {
6761     bool IsCXX = Se.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus;
6762     Se.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6763             diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier)
6764         << IsCXX << Se.getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString()
6765         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1;
6766     D.setInvalidType();
6767     return false;
6768   }
6769 
6770   if (R->isSamplerT()) {
6771     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
6772     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
6773     // space qualifiers.
6774     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
6775         R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
6776       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
6777       D.setInvalidType();
6778     }
6779 
6780     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1:
6781     // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address
6782     // space qualifier or with the const qualifier.
6783     if (DC->isTranslationUnit() &&
6784         !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6785           R.isConstQualified())) {
6786       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler);
6787       D.setInvalidType();
6788     }
6789     if (D.isInvalidType())
6790       return false;
6791   }
6792   return true;
6793 }
6794 
6795 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
6796     Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6797     LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6798     bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
6799   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6800   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
6801 
6802   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
6803 
6804   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6805     // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
6806     // purposes.
6807     auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
6808     if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
6809       II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
6810       Name = II;
6811     }
6812   } else if (!II) {
6813     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name;
6814     return nullptr;
6815   }
6816 
6817 
6818   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
6819   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
6820 
6821   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
6822   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
6823   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
6824       hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) &&
6825       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport))
6826     SC = SC_Extern;
6827 
6828   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6829   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
6830                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6831 
6832   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
6833     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
6834     // an error here
6835     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
6836     D.setInvalidType();
6837     SC = SC_None;
6838   }
6839 
6840   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
6841       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
6842                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
6843     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
6844     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
6845     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
6846     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6847          getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
6848                                    : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
6849       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6850   }
6851 
6852   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6853 
6854   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6855     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
6856     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
6857     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
6858     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
6859       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
6860       D.setInvalidType();
6861     }
6862   }
6863 
6864   bool IsMemberSpecialization = false;
6865   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
6866   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
6867   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
6868   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
6869   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
6870   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
6871   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6872     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6873                             II, R, TInfo, SC);
6874 
6875     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
6876       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6877 
6878     if (D.isInvalidType())
6879       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6880 
6881     if (NewVD->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() &&
6882         NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
6883       checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewVD->getType(), NewVD->getLocation(),
6884                             NTCUC_AutoVar, NTCUK_Destruct);
6885   } else {
6886     bool Invalid = false;
6887 
6888     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6889       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
6890       switch (SC) {
6891       case SC_None:
6892         break;
6893       case SC_Static:
6894         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6895              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6896           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6897         break;
6898       case SC_Auto:
6899       case SC_Register:
6900       case SC_Extern:
6901         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
6902         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
6903         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
6904         // of class members
6905 
6906         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6907              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
6908           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6909         break;
6910       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6911         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
6912       }
6913     }
6914 
6915     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
6916       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
6917         // Walk up the enclosing DeclContexts to check for any that are
6918         // incompatible with static data members.
6919         const DeclContext *FunctionOrMethod = nullptr;
6920         const CXXRecordDecl *AnonStruct = nullptr;
6921         for (DeclContext *Ctxt = DC; Ctxt; Ctxt = Ctxt->getParent()) {
6922           if (Ctxt->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6923             FunctionOrMethod = Ctxt;
6924             break;
6925           }
6926           const CXXRecordDecl *ParentDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctxt);
6927           if (ParentDecl && !ParentDecl->getDeclName()) {
6928             AnonStruct = ParentDecl;
6929             break;
6930           }
6931         }
6932         if (FunctionOrMethod) {
6933           // C++ [class.static.data]p5: A local class shall not have static data
6934           // members.
6935           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6936                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
6937             << Name << RD->getDeclName() << RD->getTagKind();
6938         } else if (AnonStruct) {
6939           // C++ [class.static.data]p4: Unnamed classes and classes contained
6940           // directly or indirectly within unnamed classes shall not contain
6941           // static data members.
6942           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6943                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
6944             << Name << AnonStruct->getTagKind();
6945           Invalid = true;
6946         } else if (RD->isUnion()) {
6947           // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
6948           // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
6949           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6950                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6951                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
6952                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
6953         }
6954       }
6955     }
6956 
6957     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6958     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6959     bool InvalidScope = false;
6960     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6961         D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6962         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6963         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
6964             ? D.getName().TemplateId
6965             : nullptr,
6966         TemplateParamLists,
6967         /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, InvalidScope);
6968     Invalid |= InvalidScope;
6969 
6970     if (TemplateParams) {
6971       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
6972           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
6973         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
6974         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
6975         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6976              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
6977           << II
6978           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6979                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
6980         TemplateParams = nullptr;
6981       } else {
6982         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6983         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6984           return nullptr;
6985 
6986         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
6987           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
6988           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
6989           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
6990         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
6991           // This is a template declaration.
6992           IsVariableTemplate = true;
6993 
6994           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
6995           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6996                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
6997                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
6998                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
6999         }
7000       }
7001     } else {
7002       // Check that we can declare a member specialization here.
7003       if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && IsMemberSpecialization &&
7004           CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back()))
7005         return nullptr;
7006       assert((Invalid ||
7007               D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) &&
7008              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7009     }
7010 
7011     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
7012       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
7013           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
7014               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
7015               : SourceLocation();
7016       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
7017           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
7018           IsPartialSpecialization);
7019       if (Res.isInvalid())
7020         return nullptr;
7021       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
7022       AddToScope = false;
7023     } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
7024       NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
7025                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
7026                                         Bindings);
7027     } else
7028       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
7029                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
7030 
7031     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
7032     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
7033       NewTemplate =
7034           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
7035                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
7036       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
7037     }
7038 
7039     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
7040     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
7041     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
7042       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
7043 
7044     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
7045       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7046       if (NewTemplate)
7047         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7048     }
7049 
7050     SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D);
7051 
7052     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
7053     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
7054     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
7055     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
7056       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
7057           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
7058   }
7059 
7060   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
7061     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7062       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
7063           << 0;
7064     } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7065       // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
7066       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7067            diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7068         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7069     } else {
7070       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7071            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
7072                                      : diag::ext_inline_variable);
7073       NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
7074     }
7075   }
7076 
7077   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
7078   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
7079   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7080   if (NewTemplate)
7081     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7082 
7083   if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
7084     if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
7085       for (auto *B : Bindings)
7086         B->setLocalExternDecl();
7087     else
7088       NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
7089   }
7090 
7091   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
7092   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
7093     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
7094     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
7095     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
7096     //   explicitly.
7097     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
7098     //   'extern'.
7099     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
7100         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
7101          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
7102          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
7103       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7104            diag::err_thread_non_global)
7105         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7106     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
7107       if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
7108           getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) {
7109         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
7110         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
7111         // error should be ignored.
7112         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
7113         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
7114         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
7115         // to emit any code for it.
7116         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
7117       } else
7118         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7119              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7120     } else
7121       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
7122   }
7123 
7124   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) {
7125   case ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified:
7126     break;
7127 
7128   case ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval:
7129     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7130          diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
7131         << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
7132     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
7133 
7134   case ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr:
7135     NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
7136     MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(NewVD);
7137     // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
7138     //   A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
7139     //   implicitly an inline variable.
7140     if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() &&
7141         (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ||
7142          Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()))
7143       NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
7144     break;
7145 
7146   case ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit:
7147     if (!NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())
7148       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7149            diag::err_constinit_local_variable);
7150     else
7151       NewVD->addAttr(ConstInitAttr::Create(
7152           Context, D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7153           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, ConstInitAttr::Keyword_constinit));
7154     break;
7155   }
7156 
7157   // C99 6.7.4p3
7158   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
7159   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
7160   //   thread storage duration...
7161   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
7162   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
7163   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
7164   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
7165   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
7166   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
7167       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
7168     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7169     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
7170       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7171            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
7172       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
7173     }
7174   }
7175 
7176   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7177     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
7178       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7179           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
7180           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7181                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7182     else if (IsMemberSpecialization)
7183       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7184         << 2
7185         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7186     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
7187       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7188           << 0 << NewVD
7189           << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7190           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7191                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7192     else {
7193       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
7194       if (NewTemplate)
7195         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7196       for (auto *B : Bindings)
7197         B->setModulePrivate();
7198     }
7199   }
7200 
7201   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7202 
7203     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(NewVD);
7204 
7205     diagnoseOpenCLTypes(S, *this, D, DC, NewVD->getType());
7206   }
7207 
7208   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
7209   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
7210 
7211   if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
7212       getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) {
7213     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
7214         ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) ||
7215          (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice &&
7216           OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(NewVD))))
7217       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7218            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7219 
7220     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
7221         (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice)))
7222       targetDiag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7223     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
7224     // storage [duration]."
7225     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
7226         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
7227          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
7228       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
7229     }
7230   }
7231 
7232   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
7233   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
7234   // check the VarDecl itself.
7235   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
7236          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
7237          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
7238 
7239   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
7240   // retainable type.
7241   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
7242     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7243 
7244   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7245   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
7246     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7247     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7248     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
7249     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
7250       switch (SC) {
7251       case SC_None:
7252       case SC_Auto:
7253         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
7254         break;
7255       case SC_Register:
7256         // Local Named register
7257         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
7258             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
7259           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
7260         break;
7261       case SC_Static:
7262       case SC_Extern:
7263       case SC_PrivateExtern:
7264         break;
7265       }
7266     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
7267       // Global Named register
7268       if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
7269         const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
7270         bool HasSizeMismatch;
7271 
7272         if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
7273           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
7274         else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
7275                                                     Context.getTypeSize(R),
7276                                                     HasSizeMismatch))
7277           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
7278         else if (HasSizeMismatch)
7279           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
7280       }
7281 
7282       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
7283         Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
7284         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7285       }
7286     }
7287 
7288     NewVD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, Label,
7289                                         /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true,
7290                                         SE->getStrTokenLoc(0)));
7291   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7292     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7293       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
7294     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7295       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
7296         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
7297         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7298       } else
7299         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
7300             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
7301     }
7302   }
7303 
7304   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
7305   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()
7306                                 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)
7307                                 : nullptr;
7308 
7309   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
7310   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
7311   // declaration has linkage).
7312   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
7313                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7314                        IsMemberSpecialization ||
7315                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
7316 
7317   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
7318   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
7319   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7320       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
7321     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
7322         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
7323         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
7324 
7325   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7326     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7327   } else {
7328     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
7329     if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7330         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
7331       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7332 
7333     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
7334     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7335       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
7336           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
7337           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7338         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
7339         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7340         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
7341           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7342         Previous.clear();
7343         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7344       }
7345     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7346       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
7347       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
7348         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
7349         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7350       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7351     }
7352 
7353     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
7354       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7355 
7356     if (NewTemplate) {
7357       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
7358           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
7359               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
7360               : nullptr;
7361 
7362       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
7363       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
7364       // template declaration.
7365       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
7366               TemplateParams,
7367               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7368                               : nullptr,
7369               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7370                DC->isDependentContext())
7371                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7372                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
7373         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7374 
7375       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
7376       // template, make a note of that.
7377       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
7378           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
7379         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
7380     }
7381   }
7382 
7383   // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration.
7384   if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration())
7385     CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
7386 
7387   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
7388 
7389   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7390   // the map of such variables.
7391   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7392       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
7393     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
7394 
7395   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7396     MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
7397     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
7398     std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
7399         getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext());
7400     if (MCtx) {
7401       Context.setManglingNumber(
7402           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
7403                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
7404       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
7405     }
7406   }
7407 
7408   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
7409   if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
7410       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
7411       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
7412 
7413     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
7414     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
7415     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
7416       Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
7417 
7418     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
7419     // behavior.
7420     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
7421       Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
7422   }
7423 
7424   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7425     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7426     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization,
7427                                    D.isFunctionDefinition());
7428   }
7429 
7430   if (NewTemplate) {
7431     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7432       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7433     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
7434     return NewTemplate;
7435   }
7436 
7437   if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7438     CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous);
7439 
7440   return NewVD;
7441 }
7442 
7443 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
7444 enum ShadowedDeclKind {
7445   SDK_Local,
7446   SDK_Global,
7447   SDK_StaticMember,
7448   SDK_Field,
7449   SDK_Typedef,
7450   SDK_Using
7451 };
7452 
7453 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
7454 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
7455                                                 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
7456   if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7457     return SDK_Using;
7458   else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7459     return SDK_Typedef;
7460   else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
7461     return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
7462 
7463   return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
7464 }
7465 
7466 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given
7467 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise.
7468 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
7469                                          const VarDecl *VD) {
7470   for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) {
7471     if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD)
7472       return Capture.getLocation();
7473   }
7474   return SourceLocation();
7475 }
7476 
7477 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
7478                                      const LookupResult &R) {
7479   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
7480   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
7481     return false;
7482 
7483   // Return false if warning is ignored.
7484   return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc());
7485 }
7486 
7487 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
7488 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7489 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D,
7490                                         const LookupResult &R) {
7491   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7492     return nullptr;
7493 
7494   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
7495   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
7496     return nullptr;
7497 
7498   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7499   return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)
7500              ? ShadowedDecl
7501              : nullptr;
7502 }
7503 
7504 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null
7505 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7506 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
7507                                         const LookupResult &R) {
7508   // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class
7509   if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
7510     return nullptr;
7511 
7512   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7513     return nullptr;
7514 
7515   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7516   return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr;
7517 }
7518 
7519 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
7520 /// -Wshadow.
7521 ///
7522 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
7523 /// scope.
7524 ///
7525 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable
7526 /// \param R the lookup of the name
7527 ///
7528 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
7529                        const LookupResult &R) {
7530   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
7531 
7532   if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
7533     // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
7534     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
7535       if (MD->isStatic())
7536         return;
7537 
7538     // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
7539     // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
7540     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC))
7541       if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
7542         // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
7543         // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
7544         ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD});
7545         return;
7546       }
7547   }
7548 
7549   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7550     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
7551       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
7552       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
7553       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
7554         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
7555           ShadowedDecl = I;
7556           break;
7557         }
7558     }
7559 
7560   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
7561 
7562   unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow;
7563   SourceLocation CaptureLoc;
7564   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC &&
7565       isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) {
7566     if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) {
7567       if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) {
7568         if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) {
7569           // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list.
7570           const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction());
7571           // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly.
7572           CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl));
7573           if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7574             WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local;
7575         } else {
7576           // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the
7577           // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it.
7578           cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
7579               ->ShadowingDecls.push_back(
7580                   {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)});
7581           return;
7582         }
7583       }
7584 
7585       if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) {
7586         // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if
7587         // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context.
7588         for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC;
7589              ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC);
7590              ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) {
7591           // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions
7592           // can capture; other scopes don't.
7593           if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) &&
7594               !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) {
7595             return;
7596           }
7597         }
7598       }
7599     }
7600   }
7601 
7602   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
7603   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
7604     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
7605     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
7606       return;
7607 
7608     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
7609     // static data members from base classes?
7610 
7611     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
7612     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
7613     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
7614   }
7615 
7616 
7617   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
7618 
7619   // Emit warning and note.
7620   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
7621     return;
7622   ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
7623   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
7624   if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7625     Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7626         << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1;
7627   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7628 }
7629 
7630 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD
7631 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda.
7632 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
7633   for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) {
7634     const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl;
7635     // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured.
7636     SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl);
7637     const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7638     Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid()
7639                                        ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local
7640                                        : diag::warn_decl_shadow)
7641         << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
7642         << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
7643     if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7644       Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7645           << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0;
7646     Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7647   }
7648 }
7649 
7650 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
7651 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
7652   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
7653     return;
7654 
7655   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
7656                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
7657   LookupName(R, S);
7658   if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R))
7659     CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R);
7660 }
7661 
7662 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
7663 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
7664 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7665   // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
7666   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
7667     return;
7668   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7669   auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7670   if (!DRE)
7671     return;
7672   const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
7673   auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
7674   if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
7675     return;
7676   const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
7677   const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7678   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
7679   Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
7680   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7681 
7682   // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
7683   ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
7684 }
7685 
7686 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
7687 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
7688 template<typename T>
7689 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
7690     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
7691   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
7692   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
7693 
7694   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7695     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
7696     // declaration.
7697     return false;
7698   }
7699 
7700   if (Prev) {
7701     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7702       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
7703       // redeclaration.
7704       Previous.clear();
7705       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7706       return true;
7707     }
7708 
7709     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
7710     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
7711     // declaration.
7712     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
7713       return false;
7714   } else {
7715     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
7716     // translation unit which might conflict.
7717     if (IsGlobal) {
7718       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
7719       IsGlobal = false;
7720       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7721            I != E; ++I) {
7722         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7723           Prev = *I;
7724           break;
7725         }
7726       }
7727     } else {
7728       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
7729           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
7730       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
7731            I != E; ++I) {
7732         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7733           Prev = *I;
7734           break;
7735         }
7736         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
7737         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
7738         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
7739         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
7740         // diagnostic.
7741       }
7742     }
7743 
7744     if (!Prev)
7745       return false;
7746   }
7747 
7748   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
7749   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
7750   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
7751   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
7752     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
7753   else
7754     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
7755 
7756   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
7757     << IsGlobal << ND;
7758   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
7759     << IsGlobal;
7760   return false;
7761 }
7762 
7763 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
7764 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
7765 ///
7766 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
7767 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
7768 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
7769 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
7770 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
7771 template<typename T>
7772 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
7773                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
7774   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7775     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
7776     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
7777     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
7778     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7779       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
7780         Previous.clear();
7781         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7782         return true;
7783       }
7784     }
7785     return false;
7786   }
7787 
7788   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
7789   // declaration.
7790   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
7791     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
7792 
7793   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
7794   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
7795   // in another scope.
7796   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
7797     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
7798 
7799   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
7800   return false;
7801 }
7802 
7803 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
7804   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7805   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7806     return;
7807 
7808   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
7809 
7810   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
7811   if (T->isUndeducedType())
7812     return;
7813 
7814   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
7815     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
7816 
7817   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7818     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
7819       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
7820     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7821     NewVD->setType(T);
7822   }
7823 
7824   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
7825   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
7826   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
7827   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
7828   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
7829       T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
7830     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0;
7831     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7832     return;
7833   }
7834 
7835   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
7836   // scope.
7837   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
7838       !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") &&
7839       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7840     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
7841     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7842     return;
7843   }
7844 
7845   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7846     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
7847     if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7848       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
7849       return;
7850     }
7851 
7852     if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
7853       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
7854       // can't use 'extern' storage class.
7855       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7856         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
7857             << 0 /*const*/;
7858         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7859         return;
7860       }
7861       if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7862         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
7863         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7864         return;
7865       }
7866     }
7867     // OpenCL C v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
7868     // __constant address space.
7869     // OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
7870     // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
7871     // address space.
7872     // C++ for OpenCL inherits rule from OpenCL C v2.0.
7873     // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense.
7874     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
7875         NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7876       if (!T->isSamplerT() &&
7877           !T->isDependentType() &&
7878           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7879             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
7880              (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 ||
7881               getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)))) {
7882         int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
7883         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
7884           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7885               << Scope << "global or constant";
7886         else
7887           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7888               << Scope << "constant";
7889         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7890         return;
7891       }
7892     } else {
7893       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
7894         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7895             << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
7896         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7897         return;
7898       }
7899       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7900           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
7901         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7902         // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables
7903         // in functions.
7904         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7905           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7906             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7907                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
7908           else
7909             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7910                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
7911           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7912           return;
7913         }
7914         // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be
7915         // in the outermost scope of a kernel function.
7916         if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7917           if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) {
7918             if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7919               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
7920                   << "constant";
7921             else
7922               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
7923                   << "local";
7924             NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7925             return;
7926           }
7927         }
7928       } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private &&
7929                  // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr
7930                  // space yet.
7931                  T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
7932         // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable.
7933         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1;
7934         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7935         return;
7936       }
7937     }
7938   }
7939 
7940   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
7941       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7942     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
7943       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
7944     else {
7945       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
7946       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
7947     }
7948   }
7949 
7950   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
7951   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
7952       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
7953     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
7954 
7955   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
7956       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
7957     bool SizeIsNegative;
7958     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
7959     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(
7960         NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
7961     QualType FixedT;
7962     if (FixedTInfo &&  T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType())
7963       FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType();
7964     else if (FixedTInfo) {
7965       // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up
7966       // both types separately.
7967       FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
7968                                                    Oversized);
7969     }
7970     if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
7971       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
7972       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
7973       // int a[10][n];
7974       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
7975 
7976       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7977         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
7978         << SizeRange;
7979       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
7980         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
7981         << SizeRange;
7982       else
7983         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
7984         << SizeRange;
7985       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7986       return;
7987     }
7988 
7989     if (!FixedTInfo) {
7990       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7991         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
7992       else
7993         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
7994       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7995       return;
7996     }
7997 
7998     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
7999     NewVD->setType(FixedT);
8000     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
8001   }
8002 
8003   if (T->isVoidType()) {
8004     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
8005     //                    of objects and functions.
8006     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8007       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
8008         << T;
8009       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8010       return;
8011     }
8012   }
8013 
8014   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8015     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
8016     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8017     return;
8018   }
8019 
8020   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T->isSizelessType()) {
8021     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_sizeless_nonlocal) << T;
8022     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8023     return;
8024   }
8025 
8026   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8027     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
8028     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8029     return;
8030   }
8031 
8032   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
8033       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
8034                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
8035     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8036     return;
8037   }
8038 
8039   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as non-local variable types.
8040   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
8041       !NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8042       CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewVD->getLocation())) {
8043     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8044     return;
8045   }
8046 }
8047 
8048 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
8049 /// declaration.
8050 ///
8051 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
8052 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
8053 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
8054 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
8055 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
8056 ///
8057 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
8058 ///
8059 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
8060 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
8061   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
8062 
8063   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
8064   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
8065     return false;
8066 
8067   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
8068   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
8069   if (Previous.empty() &&
8070       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
8071     Previous.setShadowed();
8072 
8073   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8074     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
8075     return true;
8076   }
8077   return false;
8078 }
8079 
8080 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
8081 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
8082 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
8083   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> Overridden;
8084 
8085   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
8086   CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
8087                      /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
8088   auto VisitBase = [&] (const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
8089     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8090     DeclarationName Name = MD->getDeclName();
8091 
8092     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8093       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
8094       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
8095       CanQualType CT = Context.getCanonicalType(T);
8096       Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
8097     }
8098 
8099     for (NamedDecl *BaseND : BaseRecord->lookup(Name)) {
8100       CXXMethodDecl *BaseMD =
8101           dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(BaseND->getCanonicalDecl());
8102       if (!BaseMD || !BaseMD->isVirtual() ||
8103           IsOverload(MD, BaseMD, /*UseMemberUsingDeclRules=*/false,
8104                      /*ConsiderCudaAttrs=*/true,
8105                      // C++2a [class.virtual]p2 does not consider requires
8106                      // clauses when overriding.
8107                      /*ConsiderRequiresClauses=*/false))
8108         continue;
8109 
8110       if (Overridden.insert(BaseMD).second) {
8111         MD->addOverriddenMethod(BaseMD);
8112         CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, BaseMD);
8113         CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, BaseMD);
8114         CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, BaseMD);
8115         CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, BaseMD);
8116       }
8117 
8118       // A method can only override one function from each base class. We
8119       // don't track indirectly overridden methods from bases of bases.
8120       return true;
8121     }
8122 
8123     return false;
8124   };
8125 
8126   DC->lookupInBases(VisitBase, Paths);
8127   return !Overridden.empty();
8128 }
8129 
8130 namespace {
8131   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
8132   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
8133   struct ActOnFDArgs {
8134     Scope *S;
8135     Declarator &D;
8136     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
8137     bool AddToScope;
8138   };
8139 } // end anonymous namespace
8140 
8141 namespace {
8142 
8143 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
8144 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
8145 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
8146  public:
8147   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
8148                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
8149       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
8150         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
8151 
8152   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
8153     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
8154       return false;
8155 
8156     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
8157     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
8158                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
8159          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
8160       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
8161 
8162       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
8163           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8164         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
8165           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
8166           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
8167             return true;
8168         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
8169           return true;
8170         }
8171       }
8172     }
8173 
8174     return false;
8175   }
8176 
8177   std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
8178     return std::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
8179   }
8180 
8181  private:
8182   ASTContext &Context;
8183   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
8184   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
8185 };
8186 
8187 } // end anonymous namespace
8188 
8189 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) {
8190   TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F);
8191 }
8192 
8193 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
8194 ///
8195 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
8196 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
8197 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
8198 /// the same name.
8199 ///
8200 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
8201 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
8202 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8203     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8204     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
8205   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
8206   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
8207   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
8208   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
8209   TypoCorrection Correction;
8210   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
8211   unsigned DiagMsg =
8212     IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend :
8213     NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match :
8214     diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
8215   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
8216                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
8217                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
8218                     Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
8219 
8220   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8221   if (IsLocalFriend)
8222     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
8223   else
8224     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
8225   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
8226          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
8227   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8228   DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
8229                                 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
8230   if (!Prev.empty()) {
8231     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
8232          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
8233       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
8234       if (FD &&
8235           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8236         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
8237         // involve a parameter
8238         unsigned ParamNum =
8239             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
8240         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
8241       }
8242     }
8243   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
8244   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
8245                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
8246                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery,
8247                   IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
8248     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
8249     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
8250                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
8251     Previous.clear();
8252     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
8253     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
8254                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
8255          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
8256       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
8257       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
8258           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8259         Previous.addDecl(FD);
8260       }
8261     }
8262     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
8263 
8264     NamedDecl *Result;
8265     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
8266     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
8267     {
8268       // Trap errors.
8269       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
8270 
8271       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
8272       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
8273       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
8274       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
8275           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
8276           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
8277           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
8278           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
8279 
8280       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
8281         Result = nullptr;
8282     }
8283 
8284     if (Result) {
8285       // Determine which correction we picked.
8286       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
8287       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
8288            I != E; ++I)
8289         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
8290           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
8291 
8292       // Let Sema know about the correction.
8293       SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result);
8294       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
8295           Correction,
8296           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
8297                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
8298                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
8299             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
8300       return Result;
8301     }
8302 
8303     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
8304     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
8305                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
8306     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
8307     Previous.clear();
8308     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
8309   }
8310 
8311   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
8312       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
8313 
8314   bool NewFDisConst = false;
8315   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8316     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
8317 
8318   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
8319        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
8320        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
8321     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
8322     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
8323     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
8324     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
8325 
8326     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
8327     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
8328       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
8329       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
8330       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
8331       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
8332                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
8333         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
8334         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
8335     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
8336       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
8337           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
8338     } else
8339       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8340                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
8341                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
8342   }
8343   return nullptr;
8344 }
8345 
8346 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
8347   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
8348   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
8349   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
8350   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
8351   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
8352     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8353                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
8354     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
8355     D.setInvalidType();
8356     break;
8357   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
8358   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
8359     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
8360       return SC_None;
8361     return SC_Extern;
8362   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
8363     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
8364       // C99 6.7.1p5:
8365       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
8366       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
8367       //   other than extern
8368       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
8369       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8370                    diag::err_static_block_func);
8371       break;
8372     } else
8373       return SC_Static;
8374   }
8375   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
8376   }
8377 
8378   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
8379   return SC_None;
8380 }
8381 
8382 static FunctionDecl *CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
8383                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
8384                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8385                                            StorageClass SC,
8386                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
8387   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
8388   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
8389 
8390   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
8391   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
8392 
8393   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8394     // Determine whether the function was written with a
8395     // prototype. This true when:
8396     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
8397     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non-
8398     //     attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a
8399     //     function type).
8400     bool HasPrototype =
8401       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
8402       (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType());
8403 
8404     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo,
8405                                  R, TInfo, SC, isInline, HasPrototype,
8406                                  ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified,
8407                                  /*TrailingRequiresClause=*/nullptr);
8408     if (D.isInvalidType())
8409       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8410 
8411     return NewFD;
8412   }
8413 
8414   ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier();
8415 
8416   ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
8417   if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit) {
8418     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
8419                  diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
8420         << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind);
8421     ConstexprKind = ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified;
8422     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearConstexprSpec();
8423   }
8424   Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = D.getTrailingRequiresClause();
8425 
8426   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
8427   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
8428   // the class has been completely parsed.
8429   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
8430       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
8431           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
8432           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
8433     D.setInvalidType();
8434 
8435   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
8436     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
8437     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
8438            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
8439 
8440     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8441     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(
8442         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8443         TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, isInline,
8444         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind, InheritedConstructor(),
8445         TrailingRequiresClause);
8446 
8447   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8448     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
8449     if (DC->isRecord()) {
8450       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8451       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
8452       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
8453           SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo,
8454           isInline, /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind,
8455           TrailingRequiresClause);
8456 
8457       // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it
8458       // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start
8459       // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration.
8460       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8461         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD);
8462 
8463       IsVirtualOkay = true;
8464       return NewDD;
8465 
8466     } else {
8467       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
8468       D.setInvalidType();
8469 
8470       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
8471       // code path.
8472       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
8473                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, SC,
8474                                   isInline,
8475                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind,
8476                                   TrailingRequiresClause);
8477     }
8478 
8479   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
8480     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
8481       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8482            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
8483       return nullptr;
8484     }
8485 
8486     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8487     if (D.isInvalidType())
8488       return nullptr;
8489 
8490     IsVirtualOkay = true;
8491     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(
8492         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8493         TInfo, isInline, ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(),
8494         TrailingRequiresClause);
8495 
8496   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) {
8497     if (TrailingRequiresClause)
8498       SemaRef.Diag(TrailingRequiresClause->getBeginLoc(),
8499                    diag::err_trailing_requires_clause_on_deduction_guide)
8500           << TrailingRequiresClause->getSourceRange();
8501     SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8502 
8503     return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
8504                                          ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo,
8505                                          D.getEndLoc());
8506   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
8507     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
8508     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
8509     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
8510     // constructor if it has no return type).
8511     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
8512         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
8513       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
8514         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
8515         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8516       return nullptr;
8517     }
8518 
8519     // This is a C++ method declaration.
8520     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(
8521         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8522         TInfo, SC, isInline, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(),
8523         TrailingRequiresClause);
8524     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
8525     return Ret;
8526   } else {
8527     bool isFriend =
8528         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
8529     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
8530       return nullptr;
8531 
8532     // Determine whether the function was written with a
8533     // prototype. This true when:
8534     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
8535     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo,
8536                                 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, true /*HasPrototype*/,
8537                                 ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause);
8538   }
8539 }
8540 
8541 enum OpenCLParamType {
8542   ValidKernelParam,
8543   PtrPtrKernelParam,
8544   PtrKernelParam,
8545   InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam,
8546   InvalidKernelParam,
8547   RecordKernelParam
8548 };
8549 
8550 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) {
8551   // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types
8552   // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to
8553   // integers other than by their names.
8554   StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"};
8555 
8556   // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef
8557   // for a size dependent type.
8558   QualType DesugaredTy = Ty;
8559   do {
8560     ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames);
8561     auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString());
8562     if (Names.end() != Match)
8563       return true;
8564 
8565     Ty = DesugaredTy;
8566     DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C);
8567   } while (DesugaredTy != Ty);
8568 
8569   return false;
8570 }
8571 
8572 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
8573   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
8574     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
8575     if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic ||
8576         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private ||
8577         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default)
8578       return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam;
8579 
8580     if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) {
8581       // This is a pointer to pointer parameter.
8582       // Recursively check inner type.
8583       OpenCLParamType ParamKind = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PointeeType);
8584       if (ParamKind == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam ||
8585           ParamKind == InvalidKernelParam)
8586         return ParamKind;
8587 
8588       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
8589     }
8590     return PtrKernelParam;
8591   }
8592 
8593   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8594   // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8595   // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8596   // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one
8597   // of these built-in scalar types.
8598   if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT))
8599     return InvalidKernelParam;
8600 
8601   if (PT->isImageType())
8602     return PtrKernelParam;
8603 
8604   if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT())
8605     return InvalidKernelParam;
8606 
8607   // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
8608   // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
8609   // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
8610   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType())
8611     return InvalidKernelParam;
8612 
8613   if (PT->isRecordType())
8614     return RecordKernelParam;
8615 
8616   // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type.
8617   if (PT->isArrayType()) {
8618     const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
8619     // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the
8620     // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an
8621     // array, this recursive call only happens once.
8622     return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0));
8623   }
8624 
8625   return ValidKernelParam;
8626 }
8627 
8628 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
8629   Sema &S,
8630   Declarator &D,
8631   ParmVarDecl *Param,
8632   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
8633   QualType PT = Param->getType();
8634 
8635   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
8636   // used again
8637   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
8638     return;
8639 
8640   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
8641   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
8642     // OpenCL v3.0 s6.11.a:
8643     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a pointer to a pointer
8644     // type. [...] This restriction only applies to OpenCL C 1.2 or below.
8645     if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 &&
8646         !S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
8647       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
8648       D.setInvalidType();
8649       return;
8650     }
8651 
8652     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
8653     return;
8654 
8655   case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam:
8656     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5:
8657     // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point
8658     // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or
8659     // __constant.
8660     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space);
8661     D.setInvalidType();
8662     return;
8663 
8664     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8665     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8666     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8667     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
8668     // one of these built-in scalar types.
8669 
8670   case InvalidKernelParam:
8671     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
8672     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
8673     // of event_t type.
8674     // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
8675     // type for any function elsewhere.
8676     if (!PT->isHalfType()) {
8677       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8678 
8679       // Explain what typedefs are involved.
8680       const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr;
8681       while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) {
8682         SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation();
8683         // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type.
8684         if (Loc.isValid())
8685           S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT;
8686         PT = Typedef->desugar();
8687       }
8688     }
8689 
8690     D.setInvalidType();
8691     return;
8692 
8693   case PtrKernelParam:
8694   case ValidKernelParam:
8695     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
8696     return;
8697 
8698   case RecordKernelParam:
8699     break;
8700   }
8701 
8702   // Track nested structs we will inspect
8703   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
8704 
8705   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
8706   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
8707   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
8708   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
8709 
8710   // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or
8711   // an ArrayType of a RecordType.
8712   assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type.");
8713   const RecordType *RecTy =
8714       PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>();
8715   const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl();
8716 
8717   VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl());
8718   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
8719 
8720   do {
8721     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
8722     if (!Next) {
8723       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
8724       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
8725       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
8726         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
8727 
8728       continue;
8729     }
8730 
8731     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
8732     // field itself) to the history stack.
8733     const RecordDecl *RD;
8734     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
8735       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
8736 
8737       QualType FieldTy = Field->getType();
8738       // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we
8739       // walk around RecordDecl::fields().
8740       assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) &&
8741              "Unexpected type.");
8742       const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
8743 
8744       RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
8745     } else {
8746       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
8747     }
8748 
8749     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
8750     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
8751 
8752     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
8753       QualType QT = FD->getType();
8754 
8755       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
8756         continue;
8757 
8758       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
8759       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
8760         continue;
8761 
8762       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
8763         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
8764         continue;
8765       }
8766 
8767       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
8768       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
8769       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
8770       // union.
8771       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
8772           ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) {
8773         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
8774                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
8775           << PT->isUnionType()
8776           << PT;
8777       } else {
8778         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8779       }
8780 
8781       S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8782           << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName();
8783 
8784       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
8785       // the offending field came from
8786       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
8787                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
8788                E = HistoryStack.end();
8789            I != E; ++I) {
8790         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
8791         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8792           << OuterField->getType();
8793       }
8794 
8795       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
8796         << QT->isPointerType()
8797         << QT;
8798       D.setInvalidType();
8799       return;
8800     }
8801   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
8802 }
8803 
8804 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8805 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8806 /// nothing.
8807 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8808   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8809     DC = DC->getParent();
8810   return DC;
8811 }
8812 
8813 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8814 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8815 /// nothing.
8816 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
8817   while (S->isClassScope() ||
8818          (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
8819           S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8820          ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8821          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
8822     S = S->getParent();
8823   return S;
8824 }
8825 
8826 NamedDecl*
8827 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
8828                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
8829                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamListsRef,
8830                               bool &AddToScope) {
8831   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
8832 
8833   assert(R->isFunctionType());
8834   if (R.getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCmseNSCallAttr())
8835     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_decl_cmse_ns_call);
8836 
8837   SmallVector<TemplateParameterList *, 4> TemplateParamLists;
8838   for (TemplateParameterList *TPL : TemplateParamListsRef)
8839     TemplateParamLists.push_back(TPL);
8840   if (TemplateParameterList *Invented = D.getInventedTemplateParameterList()) {
8841     if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() &&
8842         Invented->getDepth() == TemplateParamLists.back()->getDepth())
8843       TemplateParamLists.back() = Invented;
8844     else
8845       TemplateParamLists.push_back(Invented);
8846   }
8847 
8848   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
8849   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
8850   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
8851   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
8852 
8853   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
8854     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8855          diag::err_invalid_thread)
8856       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
8857 
8858   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
8859     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
8860                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
8861 
8862   bool isFriend = false;
8863   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
8864   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
8865   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
8866 
8867   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
8868   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8869   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
8870 
8871   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
8872 
8873   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
8874   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
8875 
8876   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
8877                                               isVirtualOkay);
8878   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
8879 
8880   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
8881     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
8882 
8883   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
8884   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
8885   // context will be different from the semantic context.
8886   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8887 
8888   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
8889     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
8890 
8891   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8892     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
8893     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
8894     bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier();
8895     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
8896     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8897       // C++ [class.friend]p5
8898       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
8899       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
8900       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8901     }
8902 
8903     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
8904     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
8905     // return true).
8906     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
8907           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
8908       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
8909         NewFD->setPure(true);
8910 
8911       // C++ [class.union]p2
8912       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
8913       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
8914         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
8915     }
8916 
8917     SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D);
8918     isMemberSpecialization = false;
8919     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
8920     if (D.isInvalidType())
8921       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8922 
8923     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
8924     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
8925     bool Invalid = false;
8926     TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
8927         MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
8928             D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8929             D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
8930             D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
8931                 ? D.getName().TemplateId
8932                 : nullptr,
8933             TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization,
8934             Invalid);
8935     if (TemplateParams) {
8936       // Check that we can declare a template here.
8937       if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
8938         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8939 
8940       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8941         // This is a function template
8942 
8943         // A destructor cannot be a template.
8944         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8945           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
8946           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8947         }
8948 
8949         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
8950         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
8951         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
8952         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
8953           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
8954           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
8955             Invalid = true;
8956         }
8957 
8958         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
8959                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
8960                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
8961                                                         NewFD);
8962         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8963         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
8964 
8965         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
8966         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
8967           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8968               ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *>(TemplateParamLists)
8969                   .drop_back(1));
8970         }
8971       } else {
8972         // This is a function template specialization.
8973         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8974         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
8975         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
8976           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
8977 
8978         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
8979         if (isFriend) {
8980           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
8981           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
8982 
8983           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
8984           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
8985           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
8986           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
8987           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
8988           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
8989           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
8990             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
8991             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
8992           }
8993 
8994           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
8995             << Name << RemoveRange
8996             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
8997             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
8998         }
8999       }
9000     } else {
9001       // Check that we can declare a template here.
9002       if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization &&
9003           CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back()))
9004         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9005 
9006       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
9007       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
9008       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
9009         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
9010         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
9011     }
9012 
9013     if (Invalid) {
9014       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9015       if (FunctionTemplate)
9016         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9017     }
9018 
9019     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
9020     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
9021     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
9022     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
9023     //
9024     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9025       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
9026         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9027              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
9028       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
9029         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
9030         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9031              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
9032           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
9033       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9034         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
9035         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
9036         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9037              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
9038           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
9039       } else {
9040         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
9041         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
9042       }
9043 
9044       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
9045           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9046         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
9047     }
9048 
9049     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
9050         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
9051          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
9052         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9053       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
9054       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
9055       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
9056       // thing to do.
9057       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
9058       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
9059       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
9060           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9061       QualType Result =
9062           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
9063       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
9064                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
9065     }
9066 
9067     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
9068     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
9069     //  declaration.
9070     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9071       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
9072         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
9073         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
9074              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
9075           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
9076       }
9077     }
9078 
9079     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
9080     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
9081     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
9082     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
9083     if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9084         !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
9085       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
9086         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
9087         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
9088              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
9089             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
9090       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
9091                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
9092         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
9093         // or conversion function.
9094         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
9095              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
9096             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
9097       }
9098     }
9099 
9100     ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
9101     if (ConstexprKind != ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified) {
9102       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
9103       // are implicitly inline.
9104       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9105 
9106       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
9107       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
9108       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
9109       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
9110           (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 ||
9111            ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval)) {
9112         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor)
9113             << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind);
9114         NewFD->setConstexprKind(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
9115                                     ? ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified
9116                                     : ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr);
9117       }
9118       // C++20 [dcl.constexpr]p2: An allocation function, or a
9119       // deallocation function shall not be declared with the consteval
9120       // specifier.
9121       if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval &&
9122           (NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
9123            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New ||
9124            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
9125            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)) {
9126         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
9127              diag::err_invalid_consteval_decl_kind)
9128             << NewFD;
9129         NewFD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr);
9130       }
9131     }
9132 
9133     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
9134     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
9135       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9136         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
9137           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
9138         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
9139           << 0
9140           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
9141       } else {
9142         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9143         if (FunctionTemplate)
9144           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
9145       }
9146     }
9147 
9148     if (isFriend) {
9149       if (FunctionTemplate) {
9150         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
9151         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
9152       }
9153       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
9154       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
9155     }
9156 
9157     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
9158     // We'll do the relevant checks on defaulted / deleted functions later.
9159     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
9160     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration:
9161     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition:
9162       break;
9163 
9164     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted:
9165       NewFD->setDefaulted();
9166       break;
9167 
9168     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted:
9169       NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
9170       break;
9171     }
9172 
9173     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
9174         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9175       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
9176       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
9177       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
9178       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9179     }
9180 
9181     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
9182         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
9183       // C++ [class.static]p1:
9184       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
9185       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
9186       //   the class.
9187 
9188       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
9189       // member function definition.
9190 
9191       // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line
9192       // member function template declaration and class member template
9193       // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this.
9194       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9195            ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) &&
9196              cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) ||
9197            (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()))
9198            ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line)
9199         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9200     }
9201 
9202     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
9203     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
9204     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
9205     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9206     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
9207          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
9208         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
9209       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
9210           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
9211           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
9212   }
9213 
9214   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
9215   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
9216                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
9217                        isMemberSpecialization ||
9218                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
9219 
9220   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
9221   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
9222     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
9223     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
9224     NewFD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, SE->getString(),
9225                                         /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true,
9226                                         SE->getStrTokenLoc(0)));
9227   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
9228     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
9229       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
9230     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
9231       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
9232         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
9233         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
9234       } else
9235         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
9236             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
9237     }
9238   }
9239 
9240   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
9241   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
9242   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
9243   unsigned FTIIdx;
9244   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) {
9245     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun;
9246 
9247     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
9248     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
9249     // single void argument.
9250     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
9251     // already checks for that case.
9252     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
9253       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
9254         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
9255         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
9256         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
9257         Params.push_back(Param);
9258 
9259         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
9260           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9261       }
9262     }
9263 
9264     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9265       // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them
9266       // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag
9267       // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always
9268       // the TU.
9269       DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext =
9270           getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext());
9271       for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) {
9272         auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl);
9273 
9274         // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum
9275         // instead.
9276         if (!TD) {
9277           if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl))
9278             TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
9279         }
9280         if (!TD)
9281           continue;
9282         DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext();
9283         if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD))
9284           continue;
9285         TagDC->removeDecl(TD);
9286         TD->setDeclContext(NewFD);
9287         NewFD->addDecl(TD);
9288 
9289         // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag
9290         // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of
9291         // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the
9292         // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f:
9293         //   void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s);
9294         if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext)
9295           TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC);
9296       }
9297     }
9298   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9299     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
9300     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
9301     // parameters for use in the declaration.
9302     //
9303     // @code
9304     // typedef void fn(int);
9305     // fn f;
9306     // @endcode
9307 
9308     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
9309     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
9310       ParmVarDecl *Param =
9311           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
9312       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
9313       Params.push_back(Param);
9314     }
9315   } else {
9316     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
9317            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
9318   }
9319 
9320   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
9321   NewFD->setParams(Params);
9322 
9323   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
9324     NewFD->addAttr(C11NoReturnAttr::Create(Context,
9325                                            D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
9326                                            AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword));
9327 
9328   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
9329   // because all functions have linkage.
9330   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9331       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9332     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
9333     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9334   }
9335 
9336   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active
9337   if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9338       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>())
9339     NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9340         Context, PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName,
9341         PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
9342 
9343   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
9344   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9345       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9346     NewFD->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9347         Context, CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9348         CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
9349         SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
9350     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9351                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
9352                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
9353                      NewFD))
9354       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9355   }
9356 
9357   // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or
9358   // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active.
9359   if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9360     if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD,
9361                                                                  D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9362       NewFD->addAttr(SAttr);
9363     }
9364   }
9365 
9366   // Handle attributes.
9367   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
9368 
9369   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9370     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
9371     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
9372     LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
9373     if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) {
9374       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9375            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
9376       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9377     }
9378   }
9379 
9380   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9381     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
9382     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
9383       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
9384 
9385     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
9386       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
9387 
9388     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9389       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
9390                                                   isMemberSpecialization));
9391     else if (!Previous.empty())
9392       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
9393       D.setRedeclaration(true);
9394     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
9395             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
9396            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
9397 
9398     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
9399     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
9400     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
9401     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
9402     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9403       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
9404       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
9405         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
9406         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
9407         int DiagID =
9408             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
9409         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
9410             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
9411       }
9412     }
9413 
9414    if (NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
9415        NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
9416      checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewFD->getReturnType(),
9417                            NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
9418                            NTCUC_FunctionReturn, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
9419   } else {
9420     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
9421     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
9422     //
9423     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
9424     //
9425     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
9426     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
9427     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
9428         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
9429         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
9430       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
9431            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
9432         << NewFD->getDeclName();
9433 
9434     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
9435     // argument list into our AST format.
9436     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
9437       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
9438       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
9439       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9440       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
9441                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
9442       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
9443                                  TemplateArgs);
9444 
9445       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9446 
9447       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9448         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9449       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
9450         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
9451         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
9452           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9453 
9454         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9455       } else {
9456         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
9457                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
9458                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
9459         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
9460         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
9461       }
9462     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9463       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
9464       // wrote something like:
9465       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
9466       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
9467       //   friend void foo<>(int);
9468       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
9469       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9470       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9471       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9472     }
9473 
9474     // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because
9475     // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their
9476     // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied,
9477     // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a
9478     // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template
9479     // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below.
9480     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization)
9481       maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous);
9482 
9483     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
9484     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
9485     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
9486     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
9487     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
9488     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
9489         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
9490          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
9491             TemplateArgs,
9492             InstantiationDependent))) {
9493       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
9494              "friend function specialization without template args");
9495       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
9496                                                        Previous))
9497         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9498     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9499       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
9500           && !isFriend) {
9501         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
9502       } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9503                  CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
9504                      NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr),
9505                      Previous))
9506         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9507 
9508       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
9509       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
9510       //   specialization (14.7.3)
9511       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
9512           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
9513       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
9514         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
9515           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9516                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
9517             << SC
9518             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9519                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9520 
9521         else
9522           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9523                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
9524             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9525                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9526       }
9527     } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
9528       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
9529           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9530     }
9531 
9532     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
9533     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
9534       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
9535         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
9536 
9537       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
9538         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
9539 
9540       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9541         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
9542                                                     isMemberSpecialization));
9543       else if (!Previous.empty())
9544         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
9545         D.setRedeclaration(true);
9546     }
9547 
9548     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
9549             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
9550            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
9551 
9552     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
9553                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
9554                                 : NewFD);
9555 
9556     if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) {
9557       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
9558       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9559         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
9560 
9561       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
9562       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
9563     }
9564 
9565     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
9566         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
9567       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
9568 
9569     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
9570     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
9571     if (FunctionTemplate) {
9572       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
9573                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
9574       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
9575                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
9576                                     : nullptr,
9577                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
9578                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
9579                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
9580                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
9581                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
9582                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
9583                                  DC->isDependentContext())
9584                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
9585                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
9586     }
9587 
9588     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9589       // Ignore all the rest of this.
9590     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
9591       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
9592                                        AddToScope };
9593       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
9594       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
9595         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
9596 
9597       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
9598       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9599         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
9600         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
9601 
9602         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
9603         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
9604         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
9605         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
9606         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
9607         // can actually do this check immediately.
9608         //
9609         // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified
9610         // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now;
9611         // nothing will diagnose that error later.
9612         if (isFriend &&
9613             (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
9614              (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) {
9615           // ignore these
9616         } else {
9617           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
9618           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
9619           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
9620           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
9621           //
9622           // class X {
9623           //   void f() const;
9624           // };
9625           //
9626           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
9627           //
9628           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
9629           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
9630           // whether the parameter types are references).
9631 
9632           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
9633                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
9634             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
9635             return Result;
9636           }
9637         }
9638 
9639         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
9640         // to something.
9641       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
9642         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
9643                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
9644           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
9645           return Result;
9646         }
9647       }
9648     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9649                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
9650                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
9651                !isMemberSpecialization) {
9652       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
9653       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
9654       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
9655       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
9656       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
9657       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
9658       // generate them.
9659       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
9660         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9661     }
9662   }
9663 
9664   // If this is the first declaration of a library builtin function, add
9665   // attributes as appropriate.
9666   if (!D.isRedeclaration() &&
9667       NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
9668     if (IdentifierInfo *II = Previous.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
9669       if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
9670         if (NewFD->getLanguageLinkage() == CLanguageLinkage) {
9671           // Validate the type matches unless this builtin is specified as
9672           // matching regardless of its declared type.
9673           if (Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(BuiltinID)) {
9674             NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9675           } else {
9676             ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
9677             LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID);
9678             QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
9679 
9680             if (!Error && !BuiltinType.isNull() &&
9681                 Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(
9682                     NewFD->getType(), BuiltinType))
9683               NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9684           }
9685         } else if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo &&
9686                    Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
9687           // FIXME: We should consider this a builtin only in the std namespace.
9688           NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9689         }
9690       }
9691     }
9692   }
9693 
9694   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
9695   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
9696 
9697   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
9698 
9699   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
9700       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9701     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9702          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
9703       << NewFD;
9704 
9705     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
9706     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
9707     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
9708         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
9709     EPI.Variadic = true;
9710     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
9711 
9712     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
9713     NewFD->setType(R);
9714   }
9715 
9716   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9717   // member, set the visibility of this function.
9718   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
9719     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
9720 
9721   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
9722   // marking the function.
9723   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
9724 
9725   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
9726   // a pragma.
9727   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
9728     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
9729 
9730   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
9731   // the map of such variables.
9732   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9733       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
9734     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
9735 
9736   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
9737   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
9738 
9739   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
9740     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9741     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD,
9742                                    isMemberSpecialization ||
9743                                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
9744                                    D.isFunctionDefinition());
9745   }
9746 
9747   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
9748     IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
9749     if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) &&
9750         !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9751         NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
9752       if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
9753         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return)
9754             << getCudaConfigureFuncName();
9755       Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
9756     }
9757 
9758     // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
9759     // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
9760     // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
9761     if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
9762         (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
9763          NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
9764         !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
9765           !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9766       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
9767     }
9768   }
9769 
9770   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
9771 
9772 
9773 
9774   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
9775     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
9776     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
9777         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
9778       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
9779       D.setInvalidType();
9780     }
9781 
9782     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
9783     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
9784       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9785       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
9786           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
9787                                 : FixItHint());
9788       D.setInvalidType();
9789     }
9790 
9791     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
9792     for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters())
9793       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
9794 
9795     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
9796       if (DC->isRecord()) {
9797         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel);
9798         D.setInvalidType();
9799       }
9800       if (FunctionTemplate) {
9801         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel);
9802         D.setInvalidType();
9803       }
9804     }
9805   }
9806 
9807   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9808     if (FunctionTemplate) {
9809       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9810         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9811       return FunctionTemplate;
9812     }
9813 
9814     if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9815       CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous);
9816   }
9817 
9818   for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
9819     QualType PT = Param->getType();
9820 
9821     // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
9822     // types.
9823     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
9824       if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
9825         QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
9826           if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
9827             Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
9828             D.setInvalidType();
9829           }
9830       }
9831     }
9832   }
9833 
9834   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
9835   // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
9836   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
9837   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
9838     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
9839                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
9840                                 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(),
9841                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
9842                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
9843     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
9844     AddToScope = false;
9845   }
9846 
9847   // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions
9848   // that are run during load/unload.
9849   if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) {
9850     if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) {
9851       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
9852           << 1;
9853       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
9854     }
9855     if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) {
9856       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
9857           << 2;
9858       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
9859     }
9860   }
9861 
9862   // Diagnose no_builtin attribute on function declaration that are not a
9863   // definition.
9864   // FIXME: We should really be doing this in
9865   // SemaDeclAttr.cpp::handleNoBuiltinAttr, unfortunately we only have access to
9866   // the FunctionDecl and at this point of the code
9867   // FunctionDecl::isThisDeclarationADefinition() which always returns `false`
9868   // because Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef has not been called yet.
9869   if (const auto *NBA = NewFD->getAttr<NoBuiltinAttr>())
9870     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
9871     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted:
9872     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted:
9873       Diag(NBA->getLocation(),
9874            diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_defaulted_deleted_function)
9875           << NBA->getSpelling();
9876       break;
9877     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration:
9878       Diag(NBA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_non_definition)
9879           << NBA->getSpelling();
9880       break;
9881     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition:
9882       break;
9883     }
9884 
9885   return NewFD;
9886 }
9887 
9888 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class.  The Microsoft docs say
9889 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of
9890 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special
9891 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment."
9892 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler
9893 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg.
9894 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer
9895 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See:
9896 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer
9897 /// available since MS has removed the page.
9898 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
9899   const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
9900   if (!Method)
9901     return nullptr;
9902   const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent();
9903   if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9904     Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
9905     NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
9906     return NewAttr;
9907   }
9908 
9909   // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg
9910   // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active.
9911   if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
9912    return nullptr;
9913 
9914   while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) {
9915     if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9916       Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
9917       NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
9918       return NewAttr;
9919     }
9920   }
9921   return nullptr;
9922 }
9923 
9924 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a
9925 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the
9926 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack
9927 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value).
9928 ///
9929 /// \param FD Function being declared.
9930 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion.
9931 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or
9932 ///          nullptr if no attribute should be added.
9933 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9934                                                        bool IsDefinition) {
9935   if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD))
9936     return A;
9937   if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition &&
9938       CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
9939     return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9940         getASTContext(), CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9941         CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
9942         SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate);
9943   return nullptr;
9944 }
9945 
9946 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a
9947 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a
9948 /// best-effort check.
9949 ///
9950 /// \param NewD The new declaration.
9951 /// \param OldD The old declaration.
9952 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check.
9953 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check.
9954 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD,
9955                                           QualType NewT, QualType OldT) {
9956   if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
9957     return true;
9958 
9959   // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't
9960   // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation:
9961   //
9962   //   int f();
9963   //   template<typename T> void g() { T f(); }
9964   //
9965   // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int).
9966   if (NewT->isDependentType() &&
9967       (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind()))
9968     return false;
9969 
9970   // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern
9971   // declaration, we don't really know its type yet.
9972   if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl())
9973     return false;
9974 
9975   return true;
9976 }
9977 
9978 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
9979 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
9980 ///
9981 /// \param D Declaration that is checked.
9982 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the
9983 ///                 same declaration name.
9984 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
9985 ///          belongs to.
9986 ///
9987 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
9988   if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
9989     return true;
9990 
9991   // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to
9992   // permit cases like
9993   //
9994   //   void func();
9995   //   template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} };
9996   //   template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} };
9997   //
9998   // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated.
9999   //
10000   // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy
10001   // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply
10002   // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in
10003   // the way of access checks.
10004   if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
10005     return false;
10006 
10007   auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
10008   auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl);
10009   return !VD || !PrevVD ||
10010          canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(),
10011                                         PrevVD->getType());
10012 }
10013 
10014 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion
10015 /// validity.
10016 ///
10017 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10018 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10019   const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10020   assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute");
10021   ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse();
10022   const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo();
10023   enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 };
10024 
10025   if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() &&
10026       !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) {
10027     S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10028         << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture;
10029     return true;
10030   }
10031 
10032   for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) {
10033     auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1);
10034     if (Feat[0] == '-') {
10035       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10036           << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str();
10037       return true;
10038     }
10039 
10040     if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) ||
10041         !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) {
10042       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10043           << Feature << BareFeat;
10044       return true;
10045     }
10046   }
10047   return false;
10048 }
10049 
10050 // Provide a white-list of attributes that are allowed to be combined with
10051 // multiversion functions.
10052 static bool AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(attr::Kind Kind,
10053                                            MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10054   // Note: this list/diagnosis must match the list in
10055   // checkMultiversionAttributesAllSame.
10056   switch (Kind) {
10057   default:
10058     return false;
10059   case attr::Used:
10060     return MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target;
10061   case attr::NonNull:
10062   case attr::NoThrow:
10063     return true;
10064   }
10065 }
10066 
10067 static bool checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(Sema &S,
10068                                                  const FunctionDecl *FD,
10069                                                  const FunctionDecl *CausedFD,
10070                                                  MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10071   bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType =
10072       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10073       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific;
10074   const auto Diagnose = [FD, CausedFD, IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType](
10075                             Sema &S, const Attr *A) {
10076     S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_disallowed_other_attr)
10077         << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << A;
10078     if (CausedFD)
10079       S.Diag(CausedFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10080     return true;
10081   };
10082 
10083   for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) {
10084     switch (A->getKind()) {
10085     case attr::CPUDispatch:
10086     case attr::CPUSpecific:
10087       if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
10088           MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific)
10089         return Diagnose(S, A);
10090       break;
10091     case attr::Target:
10092       if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)
10093         return Diagnose(S, A);
10094       break;
10095     default:
10096       if (!AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(A->getKind(), MVType))
10097         return Diagnose(S, A);
10098       break;
10099     }
10100   }
10101   return false;
10102 }
10103 
10104 bool Sema::areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
10105     const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10106     const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID,
10107     const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt,
10108     const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt,
10109     const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported,
10110     bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer) {
10111   enum DoesntSupport {
10112     FuncTemplates = 0,
10113     VirtFuncs = 1,
10114     DeducedReturn = 2,
10115     Constructors = 3,
10116     Destructors = 4,
10117     DeletedFuncs = 5,
10118     DefaultedFuncs = 6,
10119     ConstexprFuncs = 7,
10120     ConstevalFuncs = 8,
10121   };
10122   enum Different {
10123     CallingConv = 0,
10124     ReturnType = 1,
10125     ConstexprSpec = 2,
10126     InlineSpec = 3,
10127     StorageClass = 4,
10128     Linkage = 5,
10129   };
10130 
10131   if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && OldFD &&
10132       !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
10133     Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
10134     Diag(NoteCausedDiagIDAt.first, NoteCausedDiagIDAt.second);
10135     return true;
10136   }
10137 
10138   if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 &&
10139       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10140     return Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
10141 
10142   if (!TemplatesSupported &&
10143       NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate)
10144     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10145            << FuncTemplates;
10146 
10147   if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
10148     if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual())
10149       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10150              << VirtFuncs;
10151 
10152     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
10153       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10154              << Constructors;
10155 
10156     if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
10157       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10158              << Destructors;
10159   }
10160 
10161   if (NewFD->isDeleted())
10162     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10163            << DeletedFuncs;
10164 
10165   if (NewFD->isDefaulted())
10166     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10167            << DefaultedFuncs;
10168 
10169   if (!ConstexprSupported && NewFD->isConstexpr())
10170     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10171            << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs);
10172 
10173   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
10174   const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
10175   QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType();
10176 
10177   if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType())
10178     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10179            << DeducedReturn;
10180 
10181   // Ensure the return type is identical.
10182   if (OldFD) {
10183     QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType());
10184     const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
10185     FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
10186     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
10187 
10188     if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC())
10189       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << CallingConv;
10190 
10191     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
10192 
10193     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType)
10194       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ReturnType;
10195 
10196     if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind())
10197       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ConstexprSpec;
10198 
10199     if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified())
10200       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << InlineSpec;
10201 
10202     if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass())
10203       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << StorageClass;
10204 
10205     if (!CLinkageMayDiffer && OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC())
10206       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << Linkage;
10207 
10208     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
10209             OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(),
10210             NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation()))
10211       return true;
10212   }
10213   return false;
10214 }
10215 
10216 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD,
10217                                              const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10218                                              bool CausesMV,
10219                                              MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10220   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
10221     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
10222     if (OldFD)
10223       S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10224     return true;
10225   }
10226 
10227   bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType =
10228       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10229       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific;
10230 
10231   if (CausesMV && OldFD &&
10232       checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType))
10233     return true;
10234 
10235   if (checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, NewFD, nullptr, MVType))
10236     return true;
10237 
10238   // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used.
10239   if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false))
10240     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used);
10241 
10242   return S.areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
10243       OldFD, NewFD, S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_noproto),
10244       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10245                           S.PDiag(diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here)),
10246       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10247                           S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support)
10248                               << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType),
10249       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10250                           S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_diff)),
10251       /*TemplatesSupported=*/false,
10252       /*ConstexprSupported=*/!IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType,
10253       /*CLinkageMayDiffer=*/false);
10254 }
10255 
10256 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the
10257 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
10258 ///
10259 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10260 ///
10261 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10262 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD,
10263                                            MultiVersionKind MVType,
10264                                            const TargetAttr *TA) {
10265   assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None &&
10266          "Function lacks multiversion attribute");
10267 
10268   // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal
10269   // function.
10270   if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion())
10271     return false;
10272 
10273   if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) {
10274     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10275     return true;
10276   }
10277 
10278   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) {
10279     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10280     return true;
10281   }
10282 
10283   FD->setIsMultiVersion();
10284   return false;
10285 }
10286 
10287 static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10288   for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) {
10289     if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None)
10290       return true;
10291   }
10292 
10293   return false;
10294 }
10295 
10296 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(
10297     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA,
10298     bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10299     LookupResult &Previous) {
10300   const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10301   ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse();
10302   // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent.
10303   llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
10304 
10305   // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that
10306   // to change, this is a simple redeclaration.
10307   if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() &&
10308       (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()))
10309     return false;
10310 
10311   // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning.
10312   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
10313     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
10314     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10315     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10316     return true;
10317   }
10318 
10319   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true,
10320                                        MultiVersionKind::Target)) {
10321     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10322     return true;
10323   }
10324 
10325   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
10326     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10327     return true;
10328   }
10329 
10330   // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration.
10331   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) {
10332     Redeclaration = true;
10333     OldDecl = OldFD;
10334     OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10335     NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10336     return false;
10337   }
10338 
10339   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) {
10340     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10341     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10342     return true;
10343   }
10344 
10345   ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>());
10346 
10347   if (OldParsed == NewParsed) {
10348     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
10349     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10350     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10351     return true;
10352   }
10353 
10354   for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) {
10355     const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10356     // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but
10357     // nothing after the fact.
10358     if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) &&
10359         (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) {
10360       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
10361           << 0;
10362       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10363       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10364       return true;
10365     }
10366   }
10367 
10368   OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10369   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10370   Redeclaration = false;
10371   MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10372   OldDecl = nullptr;
10373   Previous.clear();
10374   return false;
10375 }
10376 
10377 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing
10378 /// multiversioned declaration collection.
10379 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
10380     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10381     MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA,
10382     const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec,
10383     bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10384     LookupResult &Previous) {
10385 
10386   MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind();
10387   // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types.
10388   if ((OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10389        NewMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) ||
10390       (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10391        OldMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)) {
10392     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed);
10393     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10394     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10395     return true;
10396   }
10397 
10398   ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed;
10399   if (NewTA) {
10400     NewParsed = NewTA->parse();
10401     llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
10402   }
10403 
10404   bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules =
10405       S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind();
10406 
10407   // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a
10408   // previous member of the MultiVersion set.
10409   for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) {
10410     FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction();
10411     if (!CurFD)
10412       continue;
10413     if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules))
10414       continue;
10415 
10416     if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) {
10417       const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10418       if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) {
10419         NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10420         Redeclaration = true;
10421         OldDecl = ND;
10422         return false;
10423       }
10424 
10425       ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>());
10426       if (CurParsed == NewParsed) {
10427         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
10428         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10429         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10430         return true;
10431       }
10432     } else {
10433       const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
10434       const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
10435       // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions.
10436       // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through
10437       // the redeclaration errors.
10438       if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
10439           CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) {
10440         if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() &&
10441             std::equal(
10442                 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(),
10443                 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(),
10444                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
10445                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
10446                 })) {
10447           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10448           Redeclaration = true;
10449           OldDecl = ND;
10450           return false;
10451         }
10452 
10453         // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition.
10454         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch);
10455         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10456         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10457         return true;
10458       }
10459       if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) {
10460 
10461         if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() &&
10462             std::equal(
10463                 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(),
10464                 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(),
10465                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
10466                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
10467                 })) {
10468           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10469           Redeclaration = true;
10470           OldDecl = ND;
10471           return false;
10472         }
10473 
10474         // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU.
10475         for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) {
10476           for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) {
10477             if (CurII == NewII) {
10478               S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs)
10479                   << NewII;
10480               S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10481               NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10482               return true;
10483             }
10484           }
10485         }
10486       }
10487       // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error
10488       // condition.
10489     }
10490   }
10491 
10492   // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case.  Checking the 'value' is only
10493   // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are
10494   // handled in the attribute adding step.
10495   if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10496       CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
10497     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10498     return true;
10499   }
10500 
10501   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD,
10502                                        !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) {
10503     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10504     return true;
10505   }
10506 
10507   // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible.
10508   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) {
10509     OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10510     NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10511     Redeclaration = true;
10512     OldDecl = OldFD;
10513     return false;
10514   }
10515 
10516   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10517   Redeclaration = false;
10518   MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10519   OldDecl = nullptr;
10520   Previous.clear();
10521   return false;
10522 }
10523 
10524 
10525 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration.
10526 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
10527 ///
10528 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10529 ///
10530 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10531 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10532                                       bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
10533                                       bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10534                                       LookupResult &Previous) {
10535   const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10536   const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
10537   const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
10538 
10539   // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited.
10540   if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) ||
10541       (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) {
10542     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed);
10543     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10544     return true;
10545   }
10546 
10547   MultiVersionKind  MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind();
10548 
10549   // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS
10550   // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint.
10551   if (NewFD->isMain()) {
10552     if ((MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) ||
10553         MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10554         MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) {
10555       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main);
10556       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10557       return true;
10558     }
10559     return false;
10560   }
10561 
10562   if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() ||
10563       OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() !=
10564           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) {
10565     // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause
10566     // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition.
10567     if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None)
10568       return false;
10569     return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA);
10570   }
10571 
10572   FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction();
10573 
10574   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None)
10575     return false;
10576 
10577   if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) {
10578     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
10579         << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target);
10580     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10581     return true;
10582   }
10583 
10584   // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case.
10585   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target)
10586     return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA,
10587                                             Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10588                                             MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10589 
10590   // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an
10591   // appropriate attribute in the current function decl.  Resolve that these are
10592   // still compatible with previous declarations.
10593   return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
10594       S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration,
10595       OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10596 }
10597 
10598 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
10599 ///
10600 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
10601 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
10602 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
10603 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
10604 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
10605 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
10606 /// via InstantiateDecl).
10607 ///
10608 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
10609 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the
10610 /// previous declaration).
10611 ///
10612 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10613 ///
10614 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
10615 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10616                                     LookupResult &Previous,
10617                                     bool IsMemberSpecialization) {
10618   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
10619          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
10620 
10621   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
10622   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
10623   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
10624   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10625                                !Previous.isShadowed();
10626 
10627   bool Redeclaration = false;
10628   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
10629   bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false;
10630 
10631   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
10632   // the same name, if appropriate.
10633   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10634     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
10635     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
10636     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
10637     // function to the scope.
10638     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) {
10639       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
10640       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
10641         Redeclaration = true;
10642         OldDecl = Candidate;
10643       }
10644     } else {
10645       MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
10646       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
10647                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
10648       case Ovl_Match:
10649         Redeclaration = true;
10650         break;
10651 
10652       case Ovl_NonFunction:
10653         Redeclaration = true;
10654         break;
10655 
10656       case Ovl_Overload:
10657         Redeclaration = false;
10658         break;
10659       }
10660     }
10661   }
10662 
10663   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
10664   if (!Redeclaration &&
10665       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
10666     if (!Previous.empty()) {
10667       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
10668       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
10669       Redeclaration = true;
10670       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10671       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10672 
10673       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
10674       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
10675           NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
10676         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
10677           MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
10678           Redeclaration = false;
10679           OldDecl = nullptr;
10680         }
10681       }
10682     }
10683   }
10684 
10685   if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10686                                 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous))
10687     return Redeclaration;
10688 
10689   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function return types.
10690   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
10691       CheckPPCMMAType(NewFD->getReturnType(), NewFD->getLocation())) {
10692     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10693   }
10694 
10695   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
10696   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
10697   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
10698   //
10699   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
10700   // definition of a static member function.
10701   //
10702   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
10703   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
10704   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
10705   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
10706       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
10707       !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) && !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) {
10708     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
10709     if (OldDecl)
10710       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
10711     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
10712       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
10713         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10714       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
10715       EPI.TypeQuals.addConst();
10716       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
10717                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
10718 
10719       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
10720       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
10721       if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
10722         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
10723         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
10724                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
10725           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
10726 
10727         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
10728           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
10729       }
10730     }
10731   }
10732 
10733   if (Redeclaration) {
10734     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
10735     // merged.
10736     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
10737       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10738       return Redeclaration;
10739     }
10740 
10741     Previous.clear();
10742     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
10743 
10744     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl =
10745             dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
10746       auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
10747       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
10748         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
10749       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
10750 
10751       // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in
10752       // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we
10753       // can add it as a redeclaration.
10754       NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl);
10755 
10756       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
10757       adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD);
10758       if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) {
10759         NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
10760         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
10761       }
10762 
10763       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
10764       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
10765       if (IsMemberSpecialization &&
10766           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
10767         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
10768         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
10769         // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
10770         // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
10771         if (OldFD->isDeleted()) {
10772           // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules.
10773           assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD);
10774           // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation.
10775           OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
10776         }
10777       }
10778 
10779     } else {
10780       if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
10781         auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
10782         // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
10783         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
10784         adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD);
10785         if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember())
10786           NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess());
10787       }
10788     }
10789   } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks &&
10790              !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
10791     assert((Previous.empty() ||
10792             llvm::any_of(Previous,
10793                          [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
10794                            return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
10795                          })) &&
10796            "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present");
10797 
10798     auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
10799       const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND);
10800       return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
10801     });
10802 
10803     if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) {
10804       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
10805            diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads);
10806       Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(),
10807            diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
10808           << false;
10809 
10810       NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
10811     }
10812   }
10813 
10814   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
10815 
10816   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10817     // C++-specific checks.
10818     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
10819       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
10820     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
10821                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
10822       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
10823       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
10824 
10825       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
10826       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
10827       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
10828         DeclarationName Name
10829           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
10830                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
10831         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
10832           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
10833           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10834           return Redeclaration;
10835         }
10836       }
10837     } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
10838       if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10839         CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD);
10840 
10841       // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be
10842       // explicitly specialized.
10843       if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization)
10844         Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized)
10845             << /*explicit specialization*/ 1;
10846     }
10847 
10848     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
10849     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
10850       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
10851           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
10852           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
10853         AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method);
10854       }
10855       if (Method->isVirtual() && NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause())
10856         // C++2a [class.virtual]p6
10857         // A virtual method shall not have a requires-clause.
10858         Diag(NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()->getBeginLoc(),
10859              diag::err_constrained_virtual_method);
10860 
10861       if (Method->isStatic())
10862         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
10863     }
10864 
10865     if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD))
10866       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
10867 
10868     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
10869     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
10870         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
10871       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10872       return Redeclaration;
10873     }
10874 
10875     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
10876     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
10877         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
10878       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10879       return Redeclaration;
10880     }
10881 
10882     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
10883     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
10884     // during delayed parsing anyway.
10885     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
10886       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
10887 
10888     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
10889     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
10890     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
10891       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
10892       LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID);
10893       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
10894       // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception
10895       // specification, that's OK.
10896       // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to
10897       // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type.
10898       if (!T.isNull() &&
10899           !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T,
10900                                                             NewFD->getType()))
10901         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
10902         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
10903         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
10904     }
10905 
10906     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
10907     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
10908     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
10909     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
10910     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
10911       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
10912       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
10913         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
10914             << NewFD << R;
10915       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
10916                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10917         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
10918     }
10919 
10920     // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6:
10921     //   [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification
10922     //   [is] part of the function type
10923     //
10924     // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose
10925     // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or
10926     // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in
10927     // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other
10928     // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.)
10929     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
10930       auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
10931         // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function
10932         // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very
10933         // restricted prior to C++17.
10934         if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
10935           T = RT->getPointeeType();
10936         else if (T->isAnyPointerType())
10937           T = T->getPointeeType();
10938         else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
10939           T = MPT->getPointeeType();
10940         if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10941           if (FPT->isNothrow())
10942             return true;
10943         return false;
10944       };
10945 
10946       auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10947       bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType());
10948       for (QualType T : FPT->param_types())
10949         AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T);
10950       if (AnyNoexcept)
10951         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
10952              diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature)
10953             << NewFD;
10954     }
10955 
10956     if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA)
10957       checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous);
10958   }
10959   return Redeclaration;
10960 }
10961 
10962 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
10963   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
10964   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
10965   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
10966   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
10967   //   appear in a declaration of main.
10968   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
10969   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
10970   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
10971     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
10972          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
10973       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
10974   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
10975     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
10976       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
10977   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
10978     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
10979     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
10980     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
10981     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
10982       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
10983   }
10984   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
10985     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
10986         << FD->isConsteval()
10987         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
10988     FD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified);
10989   }
10990 
10991   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10992     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
10993         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
10994     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10995     return;
10996   }
10997 
10998   QualType T = FD->getType();
10999   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
11000   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
11001 
11002   // Set default calling convention for main()
11003   if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) {
11004     FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C));
11005     FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
11006     T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType());
11007   }
11008 
11009   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11010     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
11011     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
11012     // implicit-return-zero rule.
11013 
11014     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
11015     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
11016       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11017     else {
11018       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
11019       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
11020       if (RTRange.isValid())
11021         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
11022             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
11023     }
11024   } else {
11025     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
11026     // set the flag which tells us that.
11027     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
11028 
11029     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
11030     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
11031       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11032     else {
11033       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
11034       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
11035       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
11036           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
11037                                 : FixItHint());
11038       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11039     }
11040   }
11041 
11042   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
11043   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
11044 
11045   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
11046   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
11047   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
11048 
11049   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
11050 
11051   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
11052     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
11053     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
11054     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
11055   }
11056 
11057   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
11058   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
11059   // getting shifty.
11060   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
11061     HasExtraParameters = false;
11062 
11063   if (HasExtraParameters) {
11064     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
11065     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11066     nparams = 3;
11067   }
11068 
11069   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
11070   // if we had some location information about types.
11071 
11072   QualType CharPP =
11073     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
11074   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
11075 
11076   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
11077     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
11078 
11079     bool mismatch = true;
11080 
11081     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
11082       mismatch = false;
11083     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
11084       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
11085       //   char const **
11086       //   char const * const *
11087       //   char * const *
11088 
11089       QualifierCollector qs;
11090       const PointerType* PT;
11091       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
11092           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
11093           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
11094                               Context.CharTy)) {
11095         qs.removeConst();
11096         mismatch = !qs.empty();
11097       }
11098     }
11099 
11100     if (mismatch) {
11101       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
11102       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
11103       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11104     }
11105   }
11106 
11107   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11108     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
11109   }
11110 
11111   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
11112     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
11113     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11114   }
11115 }
11116 
11117 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
11118   QualType T = FD->getType();
11119   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
11120   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
11121 
11122   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
11123   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
11124   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
11125       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
11126       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
11127     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
11128     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
11129       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11130 
11131   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
11132     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
11133     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11134   }
11135 }
11136 
11137 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
11138   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
11139   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
11140   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
11141   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
11142   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
11143   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
11144   //
11145   // Regular C++ code will not end up here (exceptions: language extensions,
11146   // OpenCL C++ etc), so the constant expression rules there don't matter.
11147   if (Init->isValueDependent()) {
11148     assert(Init->containsErrors() &&
11149            "Dependent code should only occur in error-recovery path.");
11150     return true;
11151   }
11152   const Expr *Culprit;
11153   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
11154     return false;
11155   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
11156     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
11157   return true;
11158 }
11159 
11160 namespace {
11161   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
11162   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
11163   class SelfReferenceChecker
11164       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
11165     Sema &S;
11166     Decl *OrigDecl;
11167     bool isRecordType;
11168     bool isPODType;
11169     bool isReferenceType;
11170 
11171     bool isInitList;
11172     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
11173 
11174   public:
11175     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
11176 
11177     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
11178                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
11179       isPODType = false;
11180       isRecordType = false;
11181       isReferenceType = false;
11182       isInitList = false;
11183       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
11184         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
11185         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
11186         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
11187       }
11188     }
11189 
11190     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
11191     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
11192     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
11193     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
11194       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
11195       if (!InitList) {
11196         Visit(E);
11197         return;
11198       }
11199 
11200       // Track and increment the index here.
11201       isInitList = true;
11202       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
11203       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
11204         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
11205         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
11206       }
11207       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
11208     }
11209 
11210     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed.
11211     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
11212     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
11213       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
11214       Expr *Base = E;
11215       bool ReferenceField = false;
11216 
11217       // Get the field members used.
11218       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11219         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
11220         if (!FD)
11221           return false;
11222         Fields.push_back(FD);
11223         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
11224           ReferenceField = true;
11225         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11226       }
11227 
11228       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
11229       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
11230       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
11231         return false;
11232 
11233       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
11234       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
11235         return true;
11236 
11237       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
11238       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
11239       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
11240         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
11241 
11242       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
11243       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
11244       // initialized, then the use is safe.
11245       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
11246                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
11247                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
11248                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
11249            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
11250         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
11251           return true;
11252         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
11253           break;
11254       }
11255 
11256       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
11257       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11258       return true;
11259     }
11260 
11261     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
11262     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
11263     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
11264     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
11265       E = E->IgnoreParens();
11266       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
11267         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11268         return;
11269       }
11270 
11271       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
11272         Visit(CO->getCond());
11273         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
11274         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
11275         return;
11276       }
11277 
11278       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
11279               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
11280         Visit(BCO->getCond());
11281         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
11282         return;
11283       }
11284 
11285       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
11286         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
11287         return;
11288       }
11289 
11290       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
11291         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
11292           Visit(BO->getLHS());
11293           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
11294           return;
11295         }
11296       }
11297 
11298       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
11299         if (isInitList) {
11300           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
11301                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
11302             return;
11303         }
11304 
11305         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11306         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11307           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
11308           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
11309             return;
11310           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11311         }
11312         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
11313           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11314         return;
11315       }
11316 
11317       Visit(E);
11318     }
11319 
11320     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
11321     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
11322     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
11323       if (isReferenceType)
11324         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
11325     }
11326 
11327     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
11328       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
11329         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11330         return;
11331       }
11332 
11333       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
11334     }
11335 
11336     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
11337       if (isInitList) {
11338         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
11339           return;
11340       }
11341 
11342       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
11343       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
11344 
11345       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
11346       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
11347       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
11348       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
11349       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11350       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11351         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
11352           Warn = false;
11353         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11354       }
11355 
11356       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
11357         if (Warn)
11358           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11359         return;
11360       }
11361 
11362       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
11363       // Visit that expression.
11364       Visit(Base);
11365     }
11366 
11367     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
11368       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
11369 
11370       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
11371         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
11372 
11373       Visit(Callee);
11374       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
11375         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
11376     }
11377 
11378     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
11379       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
11380       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
11381           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
11382         if (!isPODType)
11383           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11384         return;
11385       }
11386 
11387       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
11388         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11389         return;
11390       }
11391 
11392       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
11393     }
11394 
11395     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
11396 
11397     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
11398       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
11399         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
11400         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
11401           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
11402             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
11403         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
11404           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
11405             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
11406         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
11407         return;
11408       }
11409       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
11410     }
11411 
11412     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
11413       // Treat std::move as a use.
11414       if (E->isCallToStdMove()) {
11415         HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
11416         return;
11417       }
11418 
11419       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
11420     }
11421 
11422     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
11423       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
11424         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
11425         Visit(E->getRHS());
11426         return;
11427       }
11428 
11429       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
11430     }
11431 
11432     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
11433     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
11434     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
11435     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
11436       Visit(E->getCond());
11437       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
11438     }
11439 
11440     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
11441       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
11442       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
11443       unsigned diag;
11444       if (isReferenceType) {
11445         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
11446       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
11447         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
11448       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
11449                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
11450                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
11451         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
11452       } else {
11453         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
11454         return;
11455       }
11456 
11457       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE,
11458                             S.PDiag(diag)
11459                                 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation()
11460                                 << DRE->getSourceRange());
11461     }
11462   };
11463 
11464   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
11465   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
11466                                  bool DirectInit) {
11467     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
11468     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
11469     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
11470       return;
11471 
11472     E = E->IgnoreParens();
11473 
11474     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
11475     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
11476     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
11477       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
11478         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
11479           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
11480             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
11481               return;
11482 
11483     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
11484   }
11485 } // end anonymous namespace
11486 
11487 namespace {
11488   // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is
11489   // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic.
11490   struct VarDeclOrName {
11491     VarDecl *VDecl;
11492     DeclarationName Name;
11493 
11494     friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
11495     operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) {
11496       return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name;
11497     }
11498   };
11499 } // end anonymous namespace
11500 
11501 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
11502                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
11503                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
11504                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
11505                                             Expr *Init) {
11506   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
11507   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
11508          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
11509 
11510   VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name};
11511 
11512   DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType();
11513   assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type");
11514 
11515   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
11516   if (!Init) {
11517     assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?");
11518 
11519     // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing
11520     // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern.
11521     if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) ||
11522         VDecl->hasExternalStorage() ||
11523         VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
11524       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
11525         << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type;
11526       return QualType();
11527     }
11528   }
11529 
11530   ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits;
11531   if (Init)
11532     DeduceInits = Init;
11533 
11534   if (DirectInit) {
11535     if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init))
11536       DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
11537   }
11538 
11539   if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
11540     assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?");
11541     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
11542     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
11543         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
11544     // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits.
11545     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end());
11546     return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind,
11547                                                        InitsCopy);
11548   }
11549 
11550   if (DirectInit) {
11551     if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
11552       DeduceInits = IL->inits();
11553   }
11554 
11555   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
11556   if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
11557     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
11558     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
11559     Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
11560                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
11561                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
11562         << VN << Type << Range;
11563     return QualType();
11564   }
11565 
11566   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
11567     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(),
11568          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
11569                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
11570         << VN << Type << Range;
11571     return QualType();
11572   }
11573 
11574   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
11575   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
11576     Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
11577                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
11578                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
11579         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range;
11580     return QualType();
11581   }
11582 
11583   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
11584   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
11585   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
11586       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
11587     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
11588     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
11589       return QualType();
11590     }
11591     Init = Result.get();
11592     DefaultedAnyToId = true;
11593   }
11594 
11595   // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1:
11596   //   If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier
11597   //   is present, e has type cv A
11598   if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) &&
11599       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) &&
11600       DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType())
11601     return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(),
11602                                     Type.getQualifiers());
11603 
11604   QualType DeducedType;
11605   if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
11606     if (!IsInitCapture)
11607       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
11608     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
11609       Diag(Range.getBegin(),
11610            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
11611           << VN
11612           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
11613                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
11614           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
11615     else
11616       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
11617           << VN << TSI->getType()
11618           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
11619                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
11620           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
11621   }
11622 
11623   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
11624   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
11625   // checks.
11626   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
11627   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
11628   if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture &&
11629       !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
11630     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11631     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range;
11632   }
11633 
11634   return DeducedType;
11635 }
11636 
11637 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
11638                                          Expr *Init) {
11639   assert(!Init || !Init->containsErrors());
11640   QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
11641       VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(),
11642       VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
11643   if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
11644     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11645     return true;
11646   }
11647 
11648   VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
11649   assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
11650 
11651   // In ARC, infer lifetime.
11652   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
11653     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11654 
11655   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
11656     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(VDecl);
11657 
11658   // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
11659   // the previously declared type.
11660   if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
11661     // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
11662     // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
11663     MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
11664   }
11665 
11666   // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
11667   CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
11668   return VDecl->isInvalidDecl();
11669 }
11670 
11671 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init,
11672                                               SourceLocation Loc) {
11673   if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
11674     Init = EWC->getSubExpr();
11675 
11676   if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init))
11677     Init = CE->getSubExpr();
11678 
11679   QualType InitType = Init->getType();
11680   assert((InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
11681           InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&
11682          "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C struct");
11683   if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
11684     for (auto I : ILE->inits()) {
11685       if (!I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() &&
11686           !I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11687         continue;
11688       SourceLocation SL = I->getExprLoc();
11689       checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(I, SL.isValid() ? SL : Loc);
11690     }
11691     return;
11692   }
11693 
11694   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) {
11695     if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
11696       checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject,
11697                             NTCUK_Init);
11698   } else {
11699     // Assume all other explicit initializers involving copying some existing
11700     // object.
11701     // TODO: ignore any explicit initializers where we can guarantee
11702     // copy-elision.
11703     if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11704       checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_CopyInit, NTCUK_Copy);
11705   }
11706 }
11707 
11708 namespace {
11709 
11710 bool shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(const FieldDecl *FD) {
11711   // Ignore unavailable fields. A field can be marked as unavailable explicitly
11712   // in the source code or implicitly by the compiler if it is in a union
11713   // defined in a system header and has non-trivial ObjC ownership
11714   // qualifications. We don't want those fields to participate in determining
11715   // whether the containing union is non-trivial.
11716   return FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>();
11717 }
11718 
11719 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor
11720     : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
11721                                     void> {
11722   using Super =
11723       DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
11724                                     void>;
11725 
11726   DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(
11727       QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11728       Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
11729       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11730 
11731   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType QT,
11732                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11733     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11734       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11735                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11736     return Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11737   }
11738 
11739   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11740                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11741     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11742       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11743           << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
11744   }
11745 
11746   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11747     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11748       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11749           << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
11750   }
11751 
11752   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11753     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11754     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11755       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11756         bool IsUnion = false;
11757         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11758           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11759         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11760             << 0 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11761         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11762         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11763       }
11764       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11765     }
11766 
11767     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11768       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11769           << 0 << 0 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11770 
11771     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11772       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11773         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11774   }
11775 
11776   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11777 
11778   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11779   // non-trivial C union.
11780   QualType OrigTy;
11781   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11782   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11783   Sema &S;
11784 };
11785 
11786 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor
11787     : DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void> {
11788   using Super =
11789       DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void>;
11790 
11791   DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(
11792       QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11793       Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
11794       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11795 
11796   void visitWithKind(QualType::DestructionKind DK, QualType QT,
11797                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11798     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11799       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11800                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11801     return Super::visitWithKind(DK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11802   }
11803 
11804   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11805                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11806     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11807       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11808           << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
11809   }
11810 
11811   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11812     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11813       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11814           << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
11815   }
11816 
11817   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11818     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11819     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11820       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11821         bool IsUnion = false;
11822         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11823           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11824         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11825             << 1 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11826         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11827         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11828       }
11829       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11830     }
11831 
11832     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11833       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11834           << 0 << 1 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11835 
11836     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11837       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11838         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11839   }
11840 
11841   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11842   void visitCXXDestructor(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11843                           bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11844 
11845   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11846   // non-trivial C union.
11847   QualType OrigTy;
11848   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11849   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11850   Sema &S;
11851 };
11852 
11853 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor
11854     : CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void> {
11855   using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void>;
11856 
11857   DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11858                                  Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
11859                                  Sema &S)
11860       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11861 
11862   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
11863                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11864     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11865       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11866                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11867     return Super::visitWithKind(PCK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11868   }
11869 
11870   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11871                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11872     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11873       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11874           << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
11875   }
11876 
11877   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11878     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11879       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11880           << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
11881   }
11882 
11883   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11884     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11885     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11886       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11887         bool IsUnion = false;
11888         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11889           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11890         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11891             << 2 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11892         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11893         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11894       }
11895       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11896     }
11897 
11898     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11899       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11900           << 0 << 2 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11901 
11902     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11903       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11904         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11905   }
11906 
11907   void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
11908                 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11909   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11910   void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11911                             bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11912 
11913   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11914   // non-trivial C union.
11915   QualType OrigTy;
11916   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11917   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11918   Sema &S;
11919 };
11920 
11921 } // namespace
11922 
11923 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc,
11924                                  NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
11925                                  unsigned NonTrivialKind) {
11926   assert((QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
11927           QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
11928           QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&
11929          "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C union");
11930 
11931   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Init) &&
11932       QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
11933     DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
11934         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
11935   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Destruct) &&
11936       QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion())
11937     DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
11938         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
11939   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Copy) && QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11940     DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
11941         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
11942 }
11943 
11944 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
11945 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
11946 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
11947 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
11948   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
11949   // the initializer.
11950   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
11951     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
11952     return;
11953   }
11954 
11955   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
11956     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
11957     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
11958       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
11959     Method->setInvalidDecl();
11960     return;
11961   }
11962 
11963   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
11964   if (!VDecl) {
11965     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
11966     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
11967     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11968     return;
11969   }
11970 
11971   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
11972   if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
11973     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
11974     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
11975     // TypoExpr.
11976     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
11977     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
11978       // There are unresolved typos in Init, just drop them.
11979       // FIXME: improve the recovery strategy to preserve the Init.
11980       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11981       return;
11982     }
11983     if (Res.get()->containsErrors()) {
11984       // Invalidate the decl as we don't know the type for recovery-expr yet.
11985       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11986       VDecl->setInit(Res.get());
11987       return;
11988     }
11989     Init = Res.get();
11990 
11991     if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init))
11992       return;
11993   }
11994 
11995   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
11996   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
11997     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
11998     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11999     return;
12000   }
12001 
12002   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
12003     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
12004     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
12005     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12006     return;
12007   }
12008 
12009   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
12010     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
12011     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
12012     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
12013     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
12014     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
12015       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
12016     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
12017                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12018       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12019       return;
12020     }
12021 
12022     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
12023     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
12024                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12025                                AbstractVariableType))
12026       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12027   }
12028 
12029   // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
12030   // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
12031   // handle the situation.
12032   VarDecl *Def;
12033   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl &&
12034       (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
12035       !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
12036       checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
12037     return;
12038 
12039   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12040     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
12041     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
12042     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
12043     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
12044     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
12045     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
12046     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
12047     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
12048     //
12049     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
12050     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
12051     // declaration with an initializer.
12052     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
12053       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
12054           << VDecl->getDeclName();
12055       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
12056            diag::note_previous_initializer)
12057           << 0;
12058       return;
12059     }
12060 
12061     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
12062       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12063 
12064     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
12065       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12066       return;
12067     }
12068   }
12069 
12070   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
12071   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
12072   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
12073     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
12074     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12075     return;
12076   }
12077 
12078   // The LoaderUninitialized attribute acts as a definition (of undef).
12079   if (VDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) {
12080     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_cant_init);
12081     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12082     return;
12083   }
12084 
12085   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
12086   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
12087   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
12088 
12089   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
12090   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
12091   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
12092       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
12093     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
12094     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12095       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12096       return;
12097     }
12098     Init = Result.get();
12099   }
12100 
12101   // Perform the initialization.
12102   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
12103   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12104     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
12105     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
12106         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
12107 
12108     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
12109     if (CXXDirectInit)
12110       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
12111                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
12112 
12113     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
12114     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
12115       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
12116           Args[Idx], VDecl, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/true,
12117           [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
12118             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
12119             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
12120           });
12121       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
12122         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12123       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
12124         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
12125       }
12126     }
12127     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12128       return;
12129 
12130     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
12131                                    /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
12132                                    /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
12133     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
12134     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12135       // If the provied initializer fails to initialize the var decl,
12136       // we attach a recovery expr for better recovery.
12137       auto RecoveryExpr =
12138           CreateRecoveryExpr(Init->getBeginLoc(), Init->getEndLoc(), Args);
12139       if (RecoveryExpr.get())
12140         VDecl->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get());
12141       return;
12142     }
12143 
12144     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
12145   }
12146 
12147   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
12148   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
12149   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
12150   // This is undefined behavior in C++, but valid in C.
12151   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12152     if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
12153         VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
12154       CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
12155     }
12156   }
12157 
12158   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
12159   // completed by the initializer. For example:
12160   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
12161   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
12162   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
12163     VDecl->setType(DclT);
12164 
12165   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12166     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
12167 
12168     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
12169       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
12170 
12171     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
12172     // Although this code can still have problems:
12173     //   id x = self.weakProp;
12174     //   id y = self.weakProp;
12175     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
12176     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
12177     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
12178     if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction())
12179       if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
12180            VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) &&
12181           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
12182                            Init->getBeginLoc()))
12183         FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
12184   }
12185 
12186   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
12187   //
12188   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
12189   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
12190   // full-expression. For instance, in:
12191   //
12192   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
12193   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
12194   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
12195   //
12196   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
12197   ExprResult Result =
12198       ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
12199                           /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr());
12200   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12201     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12202     return;
12203   }
12204   Init = Result.get();
12205 
12206   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
12207   VDecl->setInit(Init);
12208 
12209   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
12210     // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed.
12211     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12212       // do nothing
12213 
12214     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized.
12215     // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL.
12216     } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
12217       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12218 
12219     // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer.
12220     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12221       // do nothing
12222 
12223     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
12224     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
12225     } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
12226       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12227 
12228     // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers.
12229     // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
12230     // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
12231     // constant expressions.
12232     } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
12233                isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
12234       const Expr *Culprit;
12235       if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) {
12236         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
12237              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
12238           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
12239       }
12240     }
12241 
12242     if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
12243       if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens()))
12244         if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
12245           BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap();
12246   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
12247              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
12248     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
12249     //
12250     // struct S {
12251     //   static const int value = 17;
12252     // };
12253 
12254     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
12255     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
12256     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
12257     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
12258     //
12259     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
12260     //   If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
12261     //   or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
12262     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause
12263     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
12264     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
12265     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
12266     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
12267     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
12268 
12269     // Do nothing on dependent types.
12270     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
12271 
12272     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
12273     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
12274     // type.
12275     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
12276 
12277     // Require constness.
12278     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
12279       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
12280         << Init->getSourceRange();
12281       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12282 
12283     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
12284     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12285       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
12286       SourceLocation Loc;
12287       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
12288         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
12289         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
12290         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
12291       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
12292         ; // Nothing to check.
12293       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
12294         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
12295       else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() &&
12296                Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context))
12297         ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression.
12298       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
12299         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
12300         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
12301         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12302           << Init->getSourceRange();
12303       } else {
12304         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
12305         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
12306         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12307           << Init->getSourceRange();
12308         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12309       }
12310 
12311     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
12312     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
12313       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
12314       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
12315       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
12316         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
12317              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
12318             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12319         Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(),
12320              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
12321             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
12322       } else {
12323         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
12324           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12325 
12326         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
12327           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12328             << Init->getSourceRange();
12329           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12330         }
12331       }
12332 
12333     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
12334     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
12335       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
12336           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
12337           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
12338       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
12339 
12340     } else {
12341       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
12342         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12343       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12344     }
12345   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
12346     // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
12347     // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a
12348     // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
12349     // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables
12350     // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
12351     // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
12352     // C++ rules.
12353     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
12354         ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
12355          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
12356         !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
12357         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
12358       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
12359 
12360     // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has
12361     // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with
12362     // __declspec(dllexport).
12363     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
12364         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() &&
12365         VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition())
12366       VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern);
12367 
12368     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
12369     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12370       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12371   }
12372 
12373   QualType InitType = Init->getType();
12374   if (!InitType.isNull() &&
12375       (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
12376        InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()))
12377     checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init, Init->getExprLoc());
12378 
12379   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
12380   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
12381   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
12382   //
12383   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
12384   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
12385   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
12386   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
12387   // special case code.
12388 
12389   // C++ 8.5p11:
12390   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
12391   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
12392   // class type.
12393   if (CXXDirectInit) {
12394     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
12395     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
12396   } else if (DirectInit) {
12397     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
12398     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
12399   }
12400 
12401   if (LangOpts.OpenMP && VDecl->isFileVarDecl())
12402     DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.push_back(VDecl);
12403   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
12404 }
12405 
12406 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
12407 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
12408 /// of sanity.
12409 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
12410   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
12411   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
12412   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
12413 
12414   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
12415   if (!VD) return;
12416 
12417   // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
12418   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
12419     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
12420       BD->setInvalidDecl();
12421 
12422   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
12423   if (VD->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
12424     D->setInvalidDecl();
12425     return;
12426   }
12427 
12428   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
12429   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
12430 
12431   // Require a complete type.
12432   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
12433                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
12434                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12435     VD->setInvalidDecl();
12436     return;
12437   }
12438 
12439   // Require a non-abstract type.
12440   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
12441                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12442                              AbstractVariableType)) {
12443     VD->setInvalidDecl();
12444     return;
12445   }
12446 
12447   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
12448   // though.
12449 }
12450 
12451 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) {
12452   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
12453   if (!RealDecl)
12454     return;
12455 
12456   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12457     QualType Type = Var->getType();
12458 
12459     // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
12460     if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12461       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
12462       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12463       return;
12464     }
12465 
12466     if (Type->isUndeducedType() &&
12467         DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr))
12468       return;
12469 
12470     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
12471     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
12472     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
12473     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
12474     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
12475     // member.
12476     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12477         !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) {
12478       if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
12479         // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
12480         // a definition there.
12481         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
12482             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12483           Diag(Var->getLocation(),
12484                diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
12485               << Var;
12486           Var->setInvalidDecl();
12487           return;
12488         }
12489       } else {
12490         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
12491         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12492         return;
12493       }
12494     }
12495 
12496     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
12497     // be initialized.
12498     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12499         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
12500         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
12501       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
12502       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12503       return;
12504     }
12505 
12506     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && RealDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) {
12507       if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) {
12508         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_extern_decl)
12509             << Var;
12510         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12511         return;
12512       }
12513       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Var->getType(),
12514                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12515         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12516         return;
12517       }
12518       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
12519         if (!RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) {
12520           Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_trivial_ctor);
12521           Var->setInvalidDecl();
12522           return;
12523         }
12524       }
12525     }
12526 
12527     VarDecl::DefinitionKind DefKind = Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
12528     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && DefKind != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly &&
12529         Var->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
12530       checkNonTrivialCUnion(Var->getType(), Var->getLocation(),
12531                             NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, NTCUK_Init);
12532 
12533 
12534     switch (DefKind) {
12535     case VarDecl::Definition:
12536       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
12537         break;
12538 
12539       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
12540       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
12541       // a declaration.
12542       //
12543       LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
12544 
12545     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
12546       // It's only a declaration.
12547 
12548       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
12549       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
12550       // object shall be complete.
12551       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
12552           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12553           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12554                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
12555         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12556 
12557       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
12558       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12559           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12560                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12561                                  AbstractVariableType))
12562         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12563       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12564           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
12565         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
12566         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
12567       }
12568 
12569       if (Context.getTargetInfo().allowDebugInfoForExternalVar() &&
12570           !Var->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12571         ExternalDeclarations.push_back(Var);
12572 
12573       return;
12574 
12575     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
12576       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
12577       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
12578       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
12579       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
12580       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
12581       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
12582         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
12583                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
12584           if (RequireCompleteSizedType(
12585                   Var->getLocation(), ArrayT->getElementType(),
12586                   diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type))
12587             Var->setInvalidDecl();
12588         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
12589           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
12590           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
12591           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
12592           // NOTE: code such as the following
12593           //     static struct s;
12594           //     struct s { int a; };
12595           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
12596           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
12597           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
12598           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
12599             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12600                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
12601         }
12602       }
12603 
12604       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
12605       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
12606         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
12607       return;
12608     }
12609 
12610     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
12611     // definitions with incomplete array type.
12612     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
12613       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
12614            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
12615       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12616       return;
12617     }
12618 
12619     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
12620     // definitions with reference type.
12621     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
12622       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
12623           << Var << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
12624       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12625       return;
12626     }
12627 
12628     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
12629     // variable with dependent type.
12630     if (Type->isDependentType())
12631       return;
12632 
12633     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
12634       return;
12635 
12636     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
12637       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
12638                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
12639                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12640         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12641         return;
12642       }
12643     } else {
12644       return;
12645     }
12646 
12647     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
12648     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12649                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12650                                AbstractVariableType)) {
12651       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12652       return;
12653     }
12654 
12655     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
12656     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
12657     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
12658     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
12659     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
12660     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
12661     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
12662     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
12663     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
12664     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
12665     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
12666       if (const RecordType *Record
12667             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12668         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
12669         // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the
12670         // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can
12671         // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98.
12672         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
12673           setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12674       }
12675     }
12676     // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space,
12677     // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer.
12678     if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
12679         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
12680       return;
12681     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
12682     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
12683     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
12684     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
12685     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
12686     //   type shall have a user-declared default
12687     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
12688     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
12689     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
12690     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
12691     //   program is ill-formed.
12692     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
12693     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
12694     //   default-initialized; [...].
12695     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
12696     InitializationKind Kind
12697       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
12698 
12699     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
12700     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
12701 
12702     if (Init.get()) {
12703       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
12704       // This is important for template substitution.
12705       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
12706     } else if (Init.isInvalid()) {
12707       // If default-init fails, attach a recovery-expr initializer to track
12708       // that initialization was attempted and failed.
12709       auto RecoveryExpr =
12710           CreateRecoveryExpr(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation(), {});
12711       if (RecoveryExpr.get())
12712         Var->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get());
12713     }
12714 
12715     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
12716   }
12717 }
12718 
12719 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
12720   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
12721   if (!D)
12722     return;
12723 
12724   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
12725   if (!VD) {
12726     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
12727     D->setInvalidDecl();
12728     return;
12729   }
12730 
12731   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
12732 
12733   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
12734   int Error = -1;
12735   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
12736   case SC_None:
12737     break;
12738   case SC_Extern:
12739     Error = 0;
12740     break;
12741   case SC_Static:
12742     Error = 1;
12743     break;
12744   case SC_PrivateExtern:
12745     Error = 2;
12746     break;
12747   case SC_Auto:
12748     Error = 3;
12749     break;
12750   case SC_Register:
12751     Error = 4;
12752     break;
12753   }
12754   if (Error != -1) {
12755     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
12756         << VD << Error;
12757     D->setInvalidDecl();
12758   }
12759 }
12760 
12761 StmtResult
12762 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
12763                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
12764                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
12765                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
12766   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
12767   //   A range-based for statement of the form
12768   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
12769   //   is equivalent to
12770   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
12771   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
12772 
12773   const char *PrevSpec;
12774   unsigned DiagID;
12775   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
12776                      getPrintingPolicy());
12777 
12778   Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForInit);
12779   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
12780   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
12781 
12782   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false),
12783                 IdentLoc);
12784   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
12785   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
12786   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
12787   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
12788                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
12789 }
12790 
12791 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
12792   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
12793 
12794   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12795     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
12796     // initialiser
12797     if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
12798         !var->hasInit()) {
12799       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
12800           << 1 /*Init*/;
12801       var->setInvalidDecl();
12802       return;
12803     }
12804   }
12805 
12806   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
12807   // local retaining variable.
12808   if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
12809       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
12810     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
12811     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
12812     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
12813     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
12814       break;
12815 
12816     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
12817     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
12818       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12819       break;
12820     }
12821   }
12822 
12823   if (var->hasLocalStorage() &&
12824       var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct)
12825     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12826 
12827   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
12828   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
12829   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
12830   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
12831   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
12832   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12833       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
12834       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
12835       !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
12836       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(var) &&
12837       !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) &&
12838       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
12839                                   var->getLocation())) {
12840     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
12841     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
12842     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
12843       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
12844 
12845     if (!prev) {
12846       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
12847       Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
12848           << /* variable */ 0;
12849     }
12850   }
12851 
12852   // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
12853   Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
12854   const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr;
12855   auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
12856     if (!CacheHasConstInit)
12857       CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
12858             Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
12859     return *CacheHasConstInit;
12860   };
12861 
12862   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
12863     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
12864       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
12865       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
12866       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
12867       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
12868       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12869         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
12870     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
12871       if (!checkConstInit()) {
12872         // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
12873         //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
12874         //   initialization.
12875         // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
12876         Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
12877           << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
12878         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12879           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
12880       }
12881     }
12882   }
12883 
12884   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
12885   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
12886   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12887       !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
12888     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
12889     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Read;
12890     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
12891       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
12892     else if (!var->getInit()) {
12893       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
12894       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
12895     } else {
12896       Stack = &DataSegStack;
12897       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
12898     }
12899     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
12900       if (SA->getSyntax() == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Declspec)
12901         SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit;
12902       UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var);
12903     } else if (Stack->CurrentValue) {
12904       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit;
12905       auto SectionName = Stack->CurrentValue->getString();
12906       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
12907           Context, SectionName, Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation,
12908           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
12909       if (UnifySection(SectionName, SectionFlags, var))
12910         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
12911     }
12912 
12913     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
12914     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
12915     // attribute.
12916     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
12917       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
12918                                                CurInitSegLoc,
12919                                                AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
12920   }
12921 
12922   if (!var->getType()->isStructureType() && var->hasInit() &&
12923       isa<InitListExpr>(var->getInit())) {
12924     const auto *ILE = cast<InitListExpr>(var->getInit());
12925     unsigned NumInits = ILE->getNumInits();
12926     if (NumInits > 2)
12927       for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumInits; ++I) {
12928         const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(I);
12929         if (!Init)
12930           break;
12931         const auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
12932         if (!SL)
12933           break;
12934 
12935         unsigned NumConcat = SL->getNumConcatenated();
12936         // Diagnose missing comma in string array initialization.
12937         // Do not warn when all the elements in the initializer are concatenated
12938         // together. Do not warn for macros too.
12939         if (NumConcat == 2 && !SL->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) {
12940           bool OnlyOneMissingComma = true;
12941           for (unsigned J = I + 1; J < NumInits; ++J) {
12942             const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(J);
12943             if (!Init)
12944               break;
12945             const auto *SLJ = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
12946             if (!SLJ || SLJ->getNumConcatenated() > 1) {
12947               OnlyOneMissingComma = false;
12948               break;
12949             }
12950           }
12951 
12952           if (OnlyOneMissingComma) {
12953             SmallVector<FixItHint, 1> Hints;
12954             for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumConcat - 1; ++i)
12955               Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
12956                   PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SL->getStrTokenLoc(i)), ","));
12957 
12958             Diag(SL->getStrTokenLoc(1),
12959                  diag::warn_concatenated_literal_array_init)
12960                 << Hints;
12961             Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(),
12962                  diag::note_concatenated_string_literal_silence);
12963           }
12964           // In any case, stop now.
12965           break;
12966         }
12967       }
12968   }
12969 
12970   // All the following checks are C++ only.
12971   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12972     // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
12973     // current module.
12974     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
12975       Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
12976     return;
12977   }
12978 
12979   QualType type = var->getType();
12980 
12981   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
12982     getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var);
12983 
12984   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
12985   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
12986   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
12987 
12988   // Check whether the initializer is sufficiently constant.
12989   if (!type->isDependentType() && Init && !Init->isValueDependent() &&
12990       (GlobalStorage || var->isConstexpr() ||
12991        var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context))) {
12992     // If this variable might have a constant initializer or might be usable in
12993     // constant expressions, check whether or not it actually is now.  We can't
12994     // do this lazily, because the result might depend on things that change
12995     // later, such as which constexpr functions happen to be defined.
12996     SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
12997     bool HasConstInit;
12998     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
12999       // Prior to C++11, in contexts where a constant initializer is required,
13000       // the set of valid constant initializers is described by syntactic rules
13001       // in [expr.const]p2-6.
13002       // FIXME: Stricter checking for these rules would be useful for constinit /
13003       // -Wglobal-constructors.
13004       HasConstInit = checkConstInit();
13005 
13006       // Compute and cache the constant value, and remember that we have a
13007       // constant initializer.
13008       if (HasConstInit) {
13009         (void)var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes);
13010         Notes.clear();
13011       } else if (CacheCulprit) {
13012         Notes.emplace_back(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(),
13013                            PDiag(diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr));
13014         Notes.back().second << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
13015       }
13016     } else {
13017       // Evaluate the initializer to see if it's a constant initializer.
13018       HasConstInit = var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes);
13019     }
13020 
13021     if (HasConstInit) {
13022       // FIXME: Consider replacing the initializer with a ConstantExpr.
13023     } else if (var->isConstexpr()) {
13024       SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
13025       // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
13026       // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
13027       if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
13028                                    diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
13029         DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
13030         Notes.clear();
13031       }
13032       Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
13033           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
13034       for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
13035         Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
13036     } else if (GlobalStorage && var->hasAttr<ConstInitAttr>()) {
13037       auto *Attr = var->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
13038       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
13039           << Init->getSourceRange();
13040       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
13041           << Attr->getRange() << Attr->isConstinit();
13042       for (auto &it : Notes)
13043         Diag(it.first, it.second);
13044     } else if (IsGlobal &&
13045                !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
13046                                            var->getLocation())) {
13047       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
13048       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
13049       // warned about them.
13050       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
13051       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
13052         // checkConstInit() here permits trivial default initialization even in
13053         // C++11 onwards, where such an initializer is not a constant initializer
13054         // but nonetheless doesn't require a global constructor.
13055         if (!checkConstInit())
13056           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
13057               << Init->getSourceRange();
13058       }
13059     }
13060   }
13061 
13062   // Require the destructor.
13063   if (!type->isDependentType())
13064     if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
13065       FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
13066 
13067   // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
13068   // module.
13069   if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
13070     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
13071 
13072   // Build the bindings if this is a structured binding declaration.
13073   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
13074     CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
13075 }
13076 
13077 /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
13078 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
13079   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
13080     return true;
13081   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
13082     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
13083       return true;
13084   return false;
13085 }
13086 
13087 /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a
13088 /// dllexport/import function.
13089 void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) {
13090   assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
13091 
13092   auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13093 
13094   // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function.
13095   while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) &&
13096          !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() &&
13097          !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13098     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13099   }
13100 
13101   if (!FD)
13102     return;
13103 
13104   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
13105   if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
13106     auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
13107     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13108     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13109   } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13110     auto *NewAttr = DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
13111     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13112     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13113 
13114     // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even
13115     // if it is not used in this compilation unit.
13116     if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
13117       FD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13118 
13119   } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13120     auto *NewAttr = DLLImportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
13121     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13122     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13123   }
13124 }
13125 
13126 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
13127 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
13128 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
13129   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
13130   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
13131 
13132   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
13133   if (!VD)
13134     return;
13135 
13136   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active
13137   if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
13138       !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
13139     if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid)
13140       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13141           Context, PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName,
13142           PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation,
13143           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13144     if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid)
13145       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13146           Context, PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName,
13147           PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation,
13148           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13149     if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid)
13150       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13151           Context, PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName,
13152           PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation,
13153           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13154     if (PragmaClangRelroSection.Valid)
13155       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRelroSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13156           Context, PragmaClangRelroSection.SectionName,
13157           PragmaClangRelroSection.PragmaLocation,
13158           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13159   }
13160 
13161   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
13162     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
13163       FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
13164     }
13165   }
13166 
13167   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
13168 
13169   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
13170   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
13171   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
13172   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
13173     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
13174     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
13175     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) &&
13176         !VD->isInvalidDecl()) {
13177       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
13178       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
13179         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
13180           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
13181           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
13182       }
13183     }
13184   }
13185 
13186   if (VD->isStaticLocal())
13187     CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD);
13188 
13189   // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
13190   // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
13191   // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
13192   // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
13193   // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
13194   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
13195     checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD);
13196 
13197   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
13198   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
13199 
13200   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
13201   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
13202     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
13203         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13204       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
13205       // with a warning.
13206       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
13207         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
13208       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
13209           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
13210           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
13211 
13212       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
13213            IsClassTemplateMember
13214                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
13215                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
13216       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
13217       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
13218         VD->setInvalidDecl();
13219     }
13220   }
13221 
13222   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
13223   // isn't exported with the variable.
13224   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
13225     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13226     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
13227       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
13228       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
13229       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
13230       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
13231     } else {
13232       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
13233                                                                     << DLLAttr;
13234       VD->setInvalidDecl();
13235     }
13236   }
13237 
13238   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
13239     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13240       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
13241       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
13242     }
13243   }
13244 
13245   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
13246   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
13247   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
13248   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
13249     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
13250 
13251   // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations.
13252   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
13253     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
13254 
13255   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
13256   // tag values.
13257   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
13258       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
13259     return;
13260 
13261   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
13262     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
13263     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
13264       continue;
13265     }
13266     Optional<llvm::APSInt> MagicValueInt;
13267     if (!(MagicValueInt = MagicValueExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) {
13268       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
13269            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
13270         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
13271       continue;
13272     }
13273     if (MagicValueInt->getActiveBits() > 64) {
13274       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
13275            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
13276         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
13277       continue;
13278     }
13279     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt->getZExtValue();
13280     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
13281                                MagicValue,
13282                                I->getMatchingCType(),
13283                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
13284                                I->getMustBeNull());
13285   }
13286 }
13287 
13288 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
13289   auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD);
13290   return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType();
13291 }
13292 
13293 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
13294                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13295   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
13296 
13297   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
13298     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
13299 
13300   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
13301   DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
13302   bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
13303   DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr;
13304   bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false;
13305 
13306   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13307     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
13308       // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need
13309       // to perform.
13310       if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
13311         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
13312           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
13313         if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
13314           FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
13315         if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() &&
13316             !hasDeducedAuto(DD))
13317           FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD;
13318 
13319         if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) {
13320           // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
13321           // declaration in the same group.
13322           if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
13323             Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
13324                  diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
13325                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
13326                 << DD->getSourceRange();
13327             DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
13328           }
13329 
13330           // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a
13331           // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other
13332           // declarator in the same group.
13333           if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) {
13334             Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(),
13335                  diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone)
13336                 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType()
13337                        ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType()
13338                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
13339                 << DD->getSourceRange();
13340             DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true;
13341           }
13342         }
13343       }
13344 
13345       Decls.push_back(D);
13346     }
13347   }
13348 
13349   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
13350     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
13351       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
13352       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
13353           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13354         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
13355     }
13356   }
13357 
13358   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls);
13359 }
13360 
13361 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
13362 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
13363 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
13364 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13365   // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347)
13366   //   If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each
13367   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
13368   if (Group.size() > 1) {
13369     QualType Deduced;
13370     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
13371     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13372       VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]);
13373       if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl())
13374         break;
13375       DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType();
13376       if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull())
13377         continue;
13378       if (Deduced.isNull()) {
13379         Deduced = DT->getDeducedType();
13380         DeducedDecl = D;
13381       } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) {
13382         auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT);
13383         auto Dia = Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
13384                         diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
13385                    << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) << Deduced
13386                    << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() << DT->getDeducedType()
13387                    << D->getDeclName();
13388         if (DeducedDecl->hasInit())
13389           Dia << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange();
13390         if (D->getInit())
13391           Dia << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
13392         D->setInvalidDecl();
13393         break;
13394       }
13395     }
13396   }
13397 
13398   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
13399 
13400   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
13401       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
13402 }
13403 
13404 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
13405   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
13406 }
13407 
13408 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13409   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
13410   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
13411     return;
13412 
13413   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
13414                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
13415       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
13416                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
13417     return;
13418 
13419   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
13420     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
13421     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
13422     // additional declaration references:
13423     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
13424     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
13425     //   'struct S *pS;'
13426     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
13427     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
13428     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
13429       Group = Group.slice(1);
13430     }
13431   }
13432 
13433   // FIMXE: We assume every Decl in the group is in the same file.
13434   // This is false when preprocessor constructs the group from decls in
13435   // different files (e. g. macros or #include).
13436   Context.attachCommentsToJustParsedDecls(Group, &getPreprocessor());
13437 }
13438 
13439 /// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both function
13440 /// parameters and non-type template parameters.
13441 void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
13442   // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
13443   // parameter.
13444   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13445     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
13446 
13447   // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
13448   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
13449     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
13450       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
13451   }
13452 
13453   // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a
13454   // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...].
13455   switch (D.getName().getKind()) {
13456   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
13457     break;
13458 
13459   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
13460   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId:
13461   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
13462   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName:
13463   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName:
13464   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
13465   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName:
13466     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
13467       << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
13468     break;
13469 
13470   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId:
13471   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId:
13472     // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case.
13473     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id);
13474     break;
13475   }
13476 }
13477 
13478 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
13479 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
13480 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
13481   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
13482 
13483   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
13484 
13485   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
13486   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
13487   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
13488     SC = SC_Register;
13489     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
13490     // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension.
13491     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13492       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13493            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
13494                                      : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
13495         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
13496     }
13497   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13498              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
13499     SC = SC_Auto;
13500   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
13501     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13502          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
13503     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
13504   }
13505 
13506   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
13507     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
13508       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
13509   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
13510     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
13511         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
13512   if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier())
13513     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
13514         << 0 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
13515 
13516   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
13517 
13518   CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D);
13519 
13520   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13521   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
13522 
13523   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
13524   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13525   if (II) {
13526     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
13527                    ForVisibleRedeclaration);
13528     LookupName(R, S);
13529     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
13530       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
13531       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13532         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13533         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
13534         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13535         PrevDecl = nullptr;
13536       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
13537         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
13538         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13539 
13540         // Recover by removing the name
13541         II = nullptr;
13542         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
13543         D.setInvalidType(true);
13544       }
13545     }
13546   }
13547 
13548   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
13549   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
13550   // looking like class members in C++.
13551   ParmVarDecl *New =
13552       CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(),
13553                      D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC);
13554 
13555   if (D.isInvalidType())
13556     New->setInvalidDecl();
13557 
13558   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
13559   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
13560   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
13561                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
13562 
13563   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
13564   S->AddDecl(New);
13565   if (II)
13566     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
13567 
13568   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
13569 
13570   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13571     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
13572         << 1 << New << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
13573         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
13574 
13575   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
13576     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
13577   }
13578 
13579   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
13580     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(New);
13581 
13582   return New;
13583 }
13584 
13585 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
13586 /// typedef.
13587 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
13588                                               SourceLocation Loc,
13589                                               QualType T) {
13590   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
13591      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
13592      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
13593   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
13594                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
13595                                            SC_None, nullptr);
13596   Param->setImplicit();
13597   return Param;
13598 }
13599 
13600 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
13601   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
13602   // will already have done so in the template itself.
13603   if (inTemplateInstantiation())
13604     return;
13605 
13606   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
13607     if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
13608         !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
13609       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
13610         << Parameter->getDeclName();
13611     }
13612   }
13613 }
13614 
13615 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
13616     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
13617   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
13618     return;
13619 
13620   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
13621   // threshold.
13622   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
13623     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
13624     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
13625       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) << D << Size;
13626   }
13627 
13628   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
13629   // threshold.
13630   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
13631     QualType T = Parameter->getType();
13632     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
13633       continue;
13634     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
13635     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
13636       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
13637           << Parameter << Size;
13638   }
13639 }
13640 
13641 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
13642                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
13643                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
13644                                   StorageClass SC) {
13645   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
13646   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
13647       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
13648       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
13649 
13650     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
13651 
13652     // Special cases for arrays:
13653     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
13654     //   - otherwise, it's an error
13655     if (T->isArrayType()) {
13656       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
13657         if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics())
13658           DelayedDiagnostics.add(
13659               sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
13660               NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
13661         else
13662           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership)
13663               << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
13664       }
13665       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
13666     } else {
13667       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
13668     }
13669     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
13670   }
13671 
13672   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
13673                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
13674                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
13675 
13676   // Make a note if we created a new pack in the scope of a lambda, so that
13677   // we know that references to that pack must also be expanded within the
13678   // lambda scope.
13679   if (New->isParameterPack())
13680     if (auto *LSI = getEnclosingLambda())
13681       LSI->LocalPacks.push_back(New);
13682 
13683   if (New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
13684       New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
13685     checkNonTrivialCUnion(New->getType(), New->getLocation(),
13686                           NTCUC_FunctionParam, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
13687 
13688   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
13689   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
13690   // the class has been completely parsed.
13691   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
13692       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13693                              AbstractParamType))
13694     New->setInvalidDecl();
13695 
13696   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
13697   // passed by reference.
13698   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
13699     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
13700         getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc());
13701     Diag(NameLoc,
13702          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
13703       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
13704     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
13705     New->setType(T);
13706   }
13707 
13708   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
13709   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
13710   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
13711   // an address space.
13712   if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
13713       // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
13714       // to be qualified with an address space.
13715       !(getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
13716         (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) {
13717     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
13718     New->setInvalidDecl();
13719   }
13720 
13721   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function argument types.
13722   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
13723       CheckPPCMMAType(New->getOriginalType(), New->getLocation())) {
13724     New->setInvalidDecl();
13725   }
13726 
13727   return New;
13728 }
13729 
13730 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
13731                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
13732   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
13733 
13734   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
13735   // for a K&R function.
13736   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
13737     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
13738       --i;
13739       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
13740         SmallString<256> Code;
13741         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
13742             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
13743         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
13744             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
13745             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
13746 
13747         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
13748         // type.
13749         AttributeFactory attrs;
13750         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
13751         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
13752         unsigned DiagID; // unused
13753         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
13754                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
13755         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
13756         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13757         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13758         Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList);
13759         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13760         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
13761       }
13762     }
13763   }
13764 }
13765 
13766 Decl *
13767 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
13768                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
13769                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13770   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
13771   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
13772   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
13773 
13774   // Check if we are in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. If we are, and
13775   // we define a non-templated function definition, we will create a declaration
13776   // instead (=BaseFD), and emit the definition with a mangled name afterwards.
13777   // The base function declaration will have the equivalent of an `omp declare
13778   // variant` annotation which specifies the mangled definition as a
13779   // specialization function under the OpenMP context defined as part of the
13780   // `omp begin declare variant`.
13781   SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> Bases;
13782   if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope())
13783     ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(
13784         ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists, Bases);
13785 
13786   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition);
13787   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
13788   Decl *Dcl = ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
13789 
13790   if (!Bases.empty())
13791     ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(Dcl, Bases);
13792 
13793   return Dcl;
13794 }
13795 
13796 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
13797   Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
13798 }
13799 
13800 static bool
13801 ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
13802                                 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) {
13803   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
13804   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
13805     return false;
13806 
13807   // Or declarations that aren't global.
13808   if (!FD->isGlobal())
13809     return false;
13810 
13811   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
13812   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
13813     return false;
13814 
13815   // Don't warn about 'main'.
13816   if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13817     if (IdentifierInfo *II = FD->getIdentifier())
13818       if (II->isStr("main"))
13819         return false;
13820 
13821   // Don't warn about inline functions.
13822   if (FD->isInlined())
13823     return false;
13824 
13825   // Don't warn about function templates.
13826   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
13827     return false;
13828 
13829   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
13830   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
13831     return false;
13832 
13833   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
13834   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
13835     return false;
13836 
13837   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
13838   if (FD->isDeleted())
13839     return false;
13840 
13841   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
13842        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
13843     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
13844     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
13845     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
13846       continue;
13847 
13848     PossiblePrototype = Prev;
13849     return Prev->getType()->isFunctionNoProtoType();
13850   }
13851 
13852   return true;
13853 }
13854 
13855 void
13856 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
13857                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
13858                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13859   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
13860   if (!Definition &&
13861       !FD->isDefined(Definition, /*CheckForPendingFriendDefinition*/ true))
13862     return;
13863 
13864   if (Definition->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
13865     if (FunctionDecl *OrigDef = Definition->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
13866       if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
13867         // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of
13868         // the same class, is OK.
13869         if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, OrigDef) &&
13870             declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(Definition->getLexicalDeclContext()),
13871                                cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext())))
13872           return;
13873       }
13874     }
13875   }
13876 
13877   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
13878     return;
13879 
13880   // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected
13881   // definition.
13882   if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition))
13883     return;
13884 
13885   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
13886   // a template, skip the new definition.
13887   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
13888       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
13889        Definition->isInlined() ||
13890        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
13891        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
13892     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
13893     SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition);
13894     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
13895       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD);
13896     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition));
13897     return;
13898   }
13899 
13900   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
13901       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
13902     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
13903         << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
13904   else
13905     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD;
13906 
13907   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13908   FD->setInvalidDecl();
13909 }
13910 
13911 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
13912                                    Sema &S) {
13913   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
13914 
13915   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
13916   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
13917   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
13918   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
13919   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
13920 
13921   if (LCD == LCD_None)
13922     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
13923   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
13924     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
13925   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
13926     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
13927   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
13928 
13929   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
13930   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
13931 
13932   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
13933   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
13934   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
13935   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
13936     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
13937       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
13938       if (VD->isInitCapture())
13939         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
13940       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
13941       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
13942           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
13943           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
13944                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
13945           I->getType(), /*Invalid*/false);
13946 
13947     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
13948       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(),
13949                           C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
13950     } else {
13951       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(),
13952                              I->getType());
13953     }
13954     ++I;
13955   }
13956 }
13957 
13958 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
13959                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13960   if (!D) {
13961     // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope
13962     // anyway so we can try to parse the function body.
13963     PushFunctionScope();
13964     PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
13965     return D;
13966   }
13967 
13968   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
13969 
13970   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
13971     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
13972   else
13973     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
13974 
13975   // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building
13976   // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition().
13977   if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD))
13978     PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
13979         FD->isConsteval() ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated
13980                           : ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
13981 
13982   // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition.
13983   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
13984     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0;
13985     FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
13986     FD->setInvalidDecl();
13987   }
13988   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) {
13989     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1;
13990     FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>();
13991     FD->setInvalidDecl();
13992   }
13993 
13994   if (auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) {
13995     if (Ctor->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
13996         Ctor->isDefaultConstructor() &&
13997         Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
13998       // If this is an MS ABI dllexport default constructor, instantiate any
13999       // default arguments.
14000       InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(Ctor);
14001     }
14002   }
14003 
14004   // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' (or similar) is already
14005   // set, then these checks were already performed when it was set.
14006   if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed() &&
14007       !FD->isThisDeclarationInstantiatedFromAFriendDefinition()) {
14008     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
14009 
14010     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
14011     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
14012       return D;
14013   }
14014 
14015   // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually".  This lets users to
14016   // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing
14017   // this function.
14018   FD->setWillHaveBody();
14019 
14020   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
14021   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
14022   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
14023   // LambdaScopeInfo.
14024   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
14025   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
14026   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
14027   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
14028   // have the LSI properly restored.
14029   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
14030     assert(inTemplateInstantiation() &&
14031            "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
14032            "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
14033     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
14034   } else {
14035     // Enter a new function scope
14036     PushFunctionScope();
14037   }
14038 
14039   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
14040   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
14041     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
14042         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
14043       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
14044       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14045     }
14046   }
14047 
14048   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
14049   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
14050   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
14051   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
14052       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
14053       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
14054                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
14055     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14056 
14057   if (FnBodyScope)
14058     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
14059 
14060   // Check the validity of our function parameters
14061   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
14062                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
14063 
14064   // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current
14065   // scope.
14066   if (FnBodyScope) {
14067     for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) {
14068       auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD);
14069       if (!NonParmDecl)
14070         continue;
14071       assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) &&
14072              "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet");
14073 
14074       // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope.
14075       if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName())
14076         PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
14077 
14078       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
14079       // accessible in this scope.
14080       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) {
14081         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
14082           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
14083       }
14084     }
14085   }
14086 
14087   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
14088   for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) {
14089     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
14090 
14091     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
14092     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
14093       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
14094 
14095       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
14096     }
14097   }
14098 
14099   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
14100   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
14101     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
14102 
14103   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
14104   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
14105       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
14106     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
14107     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
14108     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14109     return D;
14110   }
14111   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
14112   // a function template).
14113   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
14114   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
14115       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
14116       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
14117     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
14118 
14119   return D;
14120 }
14121 
14122 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body,
14123 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
14124 /// optimization.
14125 ///
14126 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
14127 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
14128 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
14129 /// use the named return value optimization.
14130 ///
14131 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
14132 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
14133 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
14134 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
14135   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
14136 
14137   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
14138     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
14139       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
14140         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
14141     }
14142   }
14143 }
14144 
14145 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
14146   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
14147   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
14148     return false;
14149 
14150   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
14151   // return type (yet).
14152   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) {
14153     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
14154     // we can still delay parsing it.
14155     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
14156       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
14157       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
14158           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
14159         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
14160         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
14161       }
14162     }
14163     return false;
14164   }
14165 
14166   return true;
14167 }
14168 
14169 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
14170   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
14171   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
14172   // rest of the file.
14173   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
14174   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
14175   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) {
14176     if (FD->isConstexpr())
14177       return false;
14178     // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template
14179     // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered
14180     // "undeduced".
14181     if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType())
14182       return false;
14183   }
14184   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
14185 }
14186 
14187 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
14188   if (!Decl)
14189     return nullptr;
14190   if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction())
14191     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
14192   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
14193     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
14194   return Decl;
14195 }
14196 
14197 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
14198   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
14199 }
14200 
14201 /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function
14202 /// body.
14203 class ExitFunctionBodyRAII {
14204 public:
14205   ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {}
14206   ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() {
14207     if (!IsLambda)
14208       S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
14209   }
14210 
14211 private:
14212   Sema &S;
14213   bool IsLambda = false;
14214 };
14215 
14216 static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) {
14217   llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo;
14218 
14219   auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) {
14220     if (EscapeInfo.count(BD))
14221       return EscapeInfo[BD];
14222 
14223     bool R = false;
14224     const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD;
14225 
14226     do {
14227       R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape();
14228       if (R)
14229         break;
14230       CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl();
14231     } while (CurBD);
14232 
14233     return EscapeInfo[BD] = R;
14234   };
14235 
14236   // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping
14237   // block, emit a diagnostic.
14238   for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P :
14239        S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs)
14240     if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second))
14241       S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
14242           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->");
14243 }
14244 
14245 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
14246                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
14247   FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction();
14248   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
14249 
14250   if (FSI->UsesFPIntrin && !FD->hasAttr<StrictFPAttr>())
14251     FD->addAttr(StrictFPAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
14252 
14253   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
14254   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
14255 
14256   if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && FSI->isCoroutine())
14257     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
14258 
14259   // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because one
14260   // is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr(). This is
14261   // meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef().
14262   ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD));
14263 
14264   if (FD) {
14265     FD->setBody(Body);
14266     FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
14267 
14268     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
14269       if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
14270           FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
14271         // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
14272         // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
14273         // the deduced result type is 'void'.
14274         if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
14275           Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
14276               << FD->getReturnType();
14277           FD->setInvalidDecl();
14278         } else {
14279           // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
14280           TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
14281           Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
14282               FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
14283         }
14284       }
14285     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
14286       // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
14287       // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
14288       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
14289       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
14290         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
14291 
14292         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
14293         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
14294         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
14295         QualType RetType =
14296             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
14297 
14298         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
14299         const auto *Proto = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
14300         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
14301                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
14302       }
14303     }
14304 
14305     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
14306     // don't complain about missing return statements.
14307     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
14308       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
14309 
14310     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
14311     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
14312     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
14313       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
14314 
14315     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14316       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
14317       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody())
14318         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
14319       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
14320                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
14321 
14322       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
14323       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
14324         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
14325       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
14326         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
14327 
14328       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
14329       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
14330       // to deduce an implicit return type.
14331       if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
14332           (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext()))
14333         computeNRVO(Body, FSI);
14334     }
14335 
14336     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
14337     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
14338     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
14339     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
14340     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
14341     const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr;
14342     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) {
14343       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
14344 
14345       if (PossiblePrototype) {
14346         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
14347         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
14348         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
14349           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
14350           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
14351             Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(),
14352                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
14353                 << (FD->getNumParams() != 0)
14354                 << (FD->getNumParams() == 0
14355                         ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void")
14356                         : FixItHint{});
14357         }
14358       } else {
14359         // Returns true if the token beginning at this Loc is `const`.
14360         auto isLocAtConst = [&](SourceLocation Loc, const SourceManager &SM,
14361                                 const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
14362           std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = SM.getDecomposedLoc(Loc);
14363           if (LocInfo.first.isInvalid())
14364             return false;
14365 
14366           bool Invalid = false;
14367           StringRef Buffer = SM.getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
14368           if (Invalid)
14369             return false;
14370 
14371           if (LocInfo.second > Buffer.size())
14372             return false;
14373 
14374           const char *LexStart = Buffer.data() + LocInfo.second;
14375           StringRef StartTok(LexStart, Buffer.size() - LocInfo.second);
14376 
14377           return StartTok.consume_front("const") &&
14378                  (StartTok.empty() || isWhitespace(StartTok[0]) ||
14379                   StartTok.startswith("/*") || StartTok.startswith("//"));
14380         };
14381 
14382         auto findBeginLoc = [&]() {
14383           // If the return type has `const` qualifier, we want to insert
14384           // `static` before `const` (and not before the typename).
14385           if ((FD->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
14386                FD->getReturnType()->getPointeeType().isConstQualified()) ||
14387               FD->getReturnType().isConstQualified()) {
14388             // But only do this if we can determine where the `const` is.
14389 
14390             if (isLocAtConst(FD->getBeginLoc(), getSourceManager(),
14391                              getLangOpts()))
14392 
14393               return FD->getBeginLoc();
14394           }
14395           return FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
14396         };
14397         Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
14398             << /* function */ 1
14399             << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None
14400                     ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(findBeginLoc(), "static ")
14401                     : FixItHint{});
14402       }
14403 
14404       // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes
14405       //   Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration.
14406       //   This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide
14407       //   a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype.
14408       if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype()) {
14409         TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
14410         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
14411         FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>();
14412         Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2;
14413       }
14414     }
14415 
14416     // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body.
14417     if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body)
14418       if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body))
14419         if (!CmpndBody->body_empty())
14420           Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(),
14421                diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored);
14422 
14423     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
14424       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
14425       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
14426           MD->isVirtual() &&
14427           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
14428           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
14429         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
14430         if (FD->isInlined() &&
14431             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
14432           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
14433 
14434           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
14435           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
14436           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
14437           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
14438           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
14439             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
14440         } else {
14441           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
14442           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
14443         }
14444       }
14445     }
14446 
14447     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
14448            "Function parsing confused");
14449   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
14450     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
14451     MD->setBody(Body);
14452     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14453       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
14454                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
14455 
14456       if (Body)
14457         computeNRVO(Body, FSI);
14458     }
14459     if (FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
14460       Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
14461           << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
14462       FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
14463     }
14464     if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
14465       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
14466       bool isDesignated =
14467           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
14468       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
14469       (void)isDesignated;
14470 
14471       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
14472         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
14473         if (!IFace)
14474           return false;
14475         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
14476         if (!SuperD)
14477           return false;
14478         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
14479             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
14480       };
14481       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
14482       // of NSObject.
14483       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
14484         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
14485              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
14486         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
14487              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
14488       }
14489       FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
14490     }
14491     if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
14492       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
14493       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
14494         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
14495              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
14496       FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
14497     }
14498 
14499     diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this);
14500   } else {
14501     // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope
14502     // we pushed on.
14503     PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
14504     return nullptr;
14505   }
14506 
14507   if (Body && FSI->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
14508     DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
14509 
14510   assert(!FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
14511          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
14512          "handled in the block above.");
14513 
14514   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
14515   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
14516     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
14517     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
14518     // Verify this.
14519     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
14520       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
14521 
14522     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
14523     if (FSI->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
14524         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
14525       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
14526 
14527     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
14528       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
14529         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
14530 
14531       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
14532                                              Destructor->getParent());
14533     }
14534 
14535     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
14536     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
14537     // deletion in some later function.
14538     if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() ||
14539         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
14540       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
14541     }
14542     if (!hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
14543         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
14544       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
14545       // enabled.
14546       ActivePolicy = &WP;
14547     }
14548 
14549     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
14550         !CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(FD, CheckConstexprKind::Diagnose))
14551       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14552 
14553     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
14554       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
14555         // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
14556         // require prologue.
14557         bool RegisterVariables = false;
14558         if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
14559           for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
14560             if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
14561               RegisterVariables =
14562                   Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
14563               if (!RegisterVariables)
14564                 break;
14565             }
14566           }
14567         }
14568         if (RegisterVariables)
14569           continue;
14570         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
14571           Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
14572           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
14573           FD->setInvalidDecl();
14574           break;
14575         }
14576       }
14577     }
14578 
14579     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
14580                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
14581            "Leftover temporaries in function");
14582     assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
14583     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
14584            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
14585   }
14586 
14587   if (!IsInstantiation)
14588     PopDeclContext();
14589 
14590   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
14591   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
14592   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
14593   // deletion in some later function.
14594   if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred()) {
14595     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
14596   }
14597 
14598   if (FD && (LangOpts.OpenMP || LangOpts.CUDA || LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice)) {
14599     auto ES = getEmissionStatus(FD);
14600     if (ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted ||
14601         ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown)
14602       DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.push_back(FD);
14603   }
14604 
14605   return dcl;
14606 }
14607 
14608 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
14609 /// relevant Decl.
14610 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
14611                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
14612   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
14613   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
14614     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
14615   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs);
14616 
14617   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
14618     if (Method->isStatic())
14619       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
14620 }
14621 
14622 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
14623 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
14624 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
14625                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
14626   // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding
14627   // DeclContext.
14628   // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope.
14629   // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope
14630   // instead.
14631   Scope *BlockScope = S;
14632   while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent())
14633     BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent();
14634 
14635   Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope;
14636   while (!ContextScope->getEntity())
14637     ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent();
14638   ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity());
14639 
14640   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
14641   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
14642   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
14643   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
14644   NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II);
14645   if (ExternCPrev) {
14646     // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so
14647     // that later (non-call) uses can see it.
14648     PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false);
14649 
14650     // C89 footnote 38:
14651     //   If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int",
14652     //   the behavior is undefined.
14653     if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) ||
14654         !Context.typesAreCompatible(
14655             cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(),
14656             Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) {
14657       Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration)
14658           << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99;
14659       Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14660       return ExternCPrev;
14661     }
14662   }
14663 
14664   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
14665   unsigned diag_id;
14666   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
14667     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
14668   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported.
14669   else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
14670     diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl;
14671   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
14672     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
14673   else
14674     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
14675   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
14676 
14677   // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building
14678   // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing
14679   // more to do.
14680   if (ExternCPrev)
14681     return ExternCPrev;
14682 
14683   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
14684   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
14685   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
14686     TypoCorrection Corrected;
14687     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{};
14688     if (S && (Corrected =
14689                   CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName,
14690                               S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError)))
14691       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
14692                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
14693   }
14694 
14695   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
14696   const char *Dummy;
14697   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
14698   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
14699   unsigned DiagID;
14700   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
14701                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
14702   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
14703   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
14704   SourceLocation NoLoc;
14705   Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::Block);
14706   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
14707                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
14708                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
14709                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
14710                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
14711                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
14712                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
14713                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
14714                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
14715                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None,
14716                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
14717                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
14718                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
14719                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
14720                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
14721                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
14722                                              /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc,
14723                                              Loc, D),
14724                 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation());
14725   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
14726 
14727   // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope.
14728   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D));
14729   FD->setImplicit();
14730 
14731   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
14732 
14733   return FD;
14734 }
14735 
14736 /// If this function is a C++ replaceable global allocation function
14737 /// (C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation], C++2a [new.delete]),
14738 /// adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on the standard.
14739 ///
14740 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
14741 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
14742 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(
14743     FunctionDecl *FD) {
14744   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
14745     return;
14746 
14747   if (FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_New &&
14748       FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_New)
14749     return;
14750 
14751   Optional<unsigned> AlignmentParam;
14752   bool IsNothrow = false;
14753   if (!FD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&AlignmentParam, &IsNothrow))
14754     return;
14755 
14756   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
14757   //   An allocation function that has a non-throwing exception specification
14758   //   indicates failure by returning a null pointer value. Any other allocation
14759   //   function never returns a null pointer value and indicates failure only by
14760   //   throwing an exception [...]
14761   if (!IsNothrow && !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>())
14762     FD->addAttr(ReturnsNonNullAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14763 
14764   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2:
14765   //   An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of
14766   //   storage. [...] If the request succeeds, the value returned by a
14767   //   replaceable allocation function is a [...] pointer value p0 different
14768   //   from any previously returned value p1 [...]
14769   //
14770   // However, this particular information is being added in codegen,
14771   // because there is an opt-out switch for it (-fno-assume-sane-operator-new)
14772 
14773   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2:
14774   //   An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of
14775   //   storage. If it is successful, it returns the address of the start of a
14776   //   block of storage whose length in bytes is at least as large as the
14777   //   requested size.
14778   if (!FD->hasAttr<AllocSizeAttr>()) {
14779     FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit(
14780         Context, /*ElemSizeParam=*/ParamIdx(1, FD),
14781         /*NumElemsParam=*/ParamIdx(), FD->getLocation()));
14782   }
14783 
14784   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3:
14785   //   For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful
14786   //   call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows:
14787   //   (3.1) If the allocation function takes an argument of type
14788   //         std​::​align_­val_­t, the storage will have the alignment
14789   //         specified by the value of this argument.
14790   if (AlignmentParam.hasValue() && !FD->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>()) {
14791     FD->addAttr(AllocAlignAttr::CreateImplicit(
14792         Context, ParamIdx(AlignmentParam.getValue(), FD), FD->getLocation()));
14793   }
14794 
14795   // FIXME:
14796   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3:
14797   //   For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful
14798   //   call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows:
14799   //   (3.2) Otherwise, if the allocation function is named operator new[],
14800   //         the storage is aligned for any object that does not have
14801   //         new-extended alignment ([basic.align]) and is no larger than the
14802   //         requested size.
14803   //   (3.3) Otherwise, the storage is aligned for any object that does not
14804   //         have new-extended alignment and is of the requested size.
14805 }
14806 
14807 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
14808 /// the declaration of this function.
14809 ///
14810 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
14811 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
14812 /// like NSLog or printf.
14813 ///
14814 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
14815 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
14816 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
14817   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
14818     return;
14819 
14820   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
14821   // actual attributes.
14822   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
14823     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
14824     unsigned FormatIdx;
14825     bool HasVAListArg;
14826     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
14827       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
14828         const char *fmt = "printf";
14829         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
14830         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
14831             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
14832           fmt = "NSString";
14833         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14834                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
14835                                                FormatIdx+1,
14836                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
14837                                                FD->getLocation()));
14838       }
14839     }
14840     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
14841                                              HasVAListArg)) {
14842      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
14843        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14844                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
14845                                               FormatIdx+1,
14846                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
14847                                               FD->getLocation()));
14848     }
14849 
14850     // Handle automatically recognized callbacks.
14851     SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding;
14852     if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() &&
14853         Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding))
14854       FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit(
14855           Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation()));
14856 
14857     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing
14858     // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM
14859     // intrinsics for such functions.
14860     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() &&
14861         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID))
14862       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14863 
14864     // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set
14865     // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the
14866     // C standard.
14867     const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
14868     if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) &&
14869         !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) {
14870       switch (BuiltinID) {
14871       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma:
14872       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf:
14873       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal:
14874       case Builtin::BIfma:
14875       case Builtin::BIfmaf:
14876       case Builtin::BIfmal:
14877         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14878         break;
14879       default:
14880         break;
14881       }
14882     }
14883 
14884     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
14885         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
14886       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14887                                          FD->getLocation()));
14888     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
14889       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14890     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
14891       FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14892     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
14893       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14894     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
14895         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
14896       // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
14897       // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
14898       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
14899       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
14900           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
14901         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14902       else
14903         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14904     }
14905   }
14906 
14907   AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(FD);
14908 
14909   // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
14910   // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
14911   // across.
14912   if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
14913       FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
14914     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
14915     if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
14916       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14917   }
14918 
14919   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
14920   if (!Name)
14921     return;
14922   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14923        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
14924       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
14925        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
14926        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
14927     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
14928     // about.
14929   } else
14930     return;
14931 
14932   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
14933     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
14934     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
14935     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
14936       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14937                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
14938                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
14939                                              FD->getLocation()));
14940   }
14941 
14942   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
14943     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
14944     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
14945     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
14946       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD),
14947                                                 FD->getLocation()));
14948   }
14949 }
14950 
14951 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
14952                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
14953   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
14954   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
14955 
14956   if (!TInfo) {
14957     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
14958     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
14959   }
14960 
14961   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
14962   TypedefDecl *NewTD =
14963       TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(),
14964                           D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo);
14965 
14966   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
14967   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
14968     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
14969     return NewTD;
14970   }
14971 
14972   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
14973     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
14974       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
14975           << 2 << NewTD
14976           << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
14977           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
14978                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
14979     else
14980       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
14981   }
14982 
14983   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
14984   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
14985   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
14986   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
14987   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
14988   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
14989   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
14990   case TST_enum:
14991   case TST_struct:
14992   case TST_interface:
14993   case TST_union:
14994   case TST_class: {
14995     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
14996     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
14997     break;
14998   }
14999 
15000   default:
15001     break;
15002   }
15003 
15004   return NewTD;
15005 }
15006 
15007 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
15008 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
15009   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
15010   QualType T = TI->getType();
15011 
15012   if (T->isDependentType())
15013     return false;
15014 
15015   // This doesn't use 'isIntegralType' despite the error message mentioning
15016   // integral type because isIntegralType would also allow enum types in C.
15017   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
15018     if (BT->isInteger())
15019       return false;
15020 
15021   if (T->isExtIntType())
15022     return false;
15023 
15024   return Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
15025 }
15026 
15027 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
15028 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
15029 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
15030                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed,
15031                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
15032   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
15033     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
15034       << Prev->isScoped();
15035     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15036     return true;
15037   }
15038 
15039   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
15040     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
15041         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
15042         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
15043                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
15044       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
15045       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
15046         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
15047       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
15048           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
15049       return true;
15050     }
15051   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
15052     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
15053       << Prev->isFixed();
15054     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15055     return true;
15056   }
15057 
15058   return false;
15059 }
15060 
15061 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
15062 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
15063 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
15064 ///
15065 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
15066 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
15067   switch (Tag) {
15068   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
15069   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
15070   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
15071   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
15072   }
15073 }
15074 
15075 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
15076 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
15077 ///
15078 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
15079 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
15080 {
15081   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
15082 }
15083 
15084 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl,
15085                                              TagTypeKind TTK) {
15086   if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
15087     return NTK_Typedef;
15088   else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
15089     return NTK_TypeAlias;
15090   else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
15091     return NTK_Template;
15092   else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
15093     return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
15094   else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
15095     return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
15096   switch (TTK) {
15097   case TTK_Struct:
15098   case TTK_Interface:
15099   case TTK_Class:
15100     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct;
15101   case TTK_Union:
15102     return NTK_NonUnion;
15103   case TTK_Enum:
15104     return NTK_NonEnum;
15105   }
15106   llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK");
15107 }
15108 
15109 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
15110 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
15111 ///
15112 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
15113 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
15114                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
15115                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
15116                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
15117   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
15118   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
15119   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
15120   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
15121   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
15122   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
15123   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
15124   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
15125   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
15126   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
15127   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
15128   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
15129   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
15130   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
15131   if (OldTag != NewTag &&
15132       !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)))
15133     return false;
15134 
15135   // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags.
15136   // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point.
15137   if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
15138     return true;
15139 
15140   // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored
15141   // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg)
15142   // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if
15143   // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched
15144   // declarations.
15145   auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) {
15146     return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch,
15147                                       Loc);
15148   };
15149   if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc))
15150     return true;
15151 
15152   auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) {
15153     return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation());
15154   };
15155   while (IsIgnored(Previous)) {
15156     Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl();
15157     if (!Previous)
15158       return true;
15159     OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
15160   }
15161 
15162   bool isTemplate = false;
15163   if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
15164     isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
15165 
15166   if (inTemplateInstantiation()) {
15167     if (OldTag != NewTag) {
15168       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
15169       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
15170       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
15171         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15172         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
15173       // FIXME: Note previous location?
15174     }
15175     return true;
15176   }
15177 
15178   if (isDefinition) {
15179     // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
15180     // one that doesn't match the current tag.
15181     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
15182       // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
15183       return true;
15184     }
15185 
15186     bool previousMismatch = false;
15187     for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) {
15188       if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
15189         // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled.
15190         if (IsIgnored(I))
15191           continue;
15192 
15193         if (!previousMismatch) {
15194           previousMismatch = true;
15195           Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
15196             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15197             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
15198         }
15199         Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
15200           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
15201           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
15202                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
15203       }
15204     }
15205     return true;
15206   }
15207 
15208   // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if
15209   // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior
15210   // (non-ignored) declaration.
15211   const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition();
15212   if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef))
15213     PrevDef = nullptr;
15214   const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous;
15215   if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
15216     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
15217       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15218       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
15219     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
15220 
15221     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
15222     if (PrevDef) {
15223       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
15224         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
15225         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
15226              TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
15227     }
15228   }
15229 
15230   return true;
15231 }
15232 
15233 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
15234 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
15235 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
15236 ///   namespace N {
15237 ///     struct X;
15238 ///     namespace M {
15239 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
15240 ///     }
15241 ///   }
15242 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
15243                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
15244   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
15245   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
15246   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
15247   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
15248   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
15249   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
15250     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
15251     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
15252     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
15253     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
15254       return FixItHint();
15255     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
15256     Namespaces.push_back(II);
15257     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
15258         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
15259     if (Lookup == Namespace)
15260       break;
15261   }
15262 
15263   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
15264   // build an NNS.
15265   SmallString<64> Insertion;
15266   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
15267   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
15268     OS << "::";
15269   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
15270   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
15271     OS << II->getName() << "::";
15272   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
15273 }
15274 
15275 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
15276 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
15277 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
15278 /// using-declaration).
15279 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
15280                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
15281   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
15282   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
15283 
15284   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
15285     return true;
15286 
15287   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
15288   // encloses the other).
15289   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
15290       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
15291     return true;
15292 
15293   return false;
15294 }
15295 
15296 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
15297 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
15298 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
15299 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
15300 ///
15301 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
15302 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
15303 ///
15304 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
15305 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
15306 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
15307                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
15308                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
15309                      const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS,
15310                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
15311                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
15312                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
15313                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
15314                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
15315                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
15316                      SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
15317   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
15318   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
15319   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
15320          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
15321   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
15322 
15323   OwnedDecl = false;
15324   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
15325   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
15326 
15327   // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully.
15328   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
15329   bool Invalid = false;
15330 
15331   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
15332   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
15333   // for non-C++ cases.
15334   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
15335       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
15336     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
15337             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
15338                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
15339                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) {
15340       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15341         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
15342         return nullptr;
15343       }
15344 
15345       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
15346         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
15347         // be a member of another template).
15348 
15349         if (Invalid)
15350           return nullptr;
15351 
15352         OwnedDecl = false;
15353         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(
15354             S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams,
15355             AS, ModulePrivateLoc,
15356             /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
15357             TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody);
15358         return Result.get();
15359       } else {
15360         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
15361         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
15362           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
15363         isMemberSpecialization = true;
15364       }
15365     }
15366 
15367     if (!TemplateParameterLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization &&
15368         CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParameterLists.back()))
15369       return nullptr;
15370   }
15371 
15372   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
15373   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
15374   // redeclaration.
15375   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
15376   bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum;
15377 
15378   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15379     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) {
15380       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
15381       // type, default to int.
15382       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15383     } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
15384       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
15385       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
15386       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
15387       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
15388       EnumUnderlying = TI;
15389 
15390       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
15391         // Recover by falling back to int.
15392         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15393 
15394       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
15395                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
15396         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15397 
15398     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
15399       // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type
15400       // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set
15401       // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This
15402       // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming.
15403       if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
15404         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15405     }
15406   }
15407 
15408   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
15409   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
15410   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
15411   bool isStdAlignValT = false;
15412 
15413   RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext();
15414   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
15415     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
15416 
15417   /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C
15418   /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl
15419   /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed.
15420   auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * {
15421     assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage");
15422     // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
15423     // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
15424     // keyword.
15425     SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
15426     TagDecl *New = nullptr;
15427 
15428     if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15429       New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr,
15430                              ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
15431       // If this is an undefined enum, bail.
15432       if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid)
15433         return nullptr;
15434       if (EnumUnderlying) {
15435         EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
15436         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>())
15437           ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
15438         else
15439           ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0));
15440         ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
15441       }
15442     } else { // struct/union
15443       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
15444                                nullptr);
15445     }
15446 
15447     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
15448       // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked
15449       // when the ASTContext lays out the structure.
15450       //
15451       // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
15452       // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
15453       // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
15454       // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
15455       // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
15456       // parsing of the struct).
15457       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
15458         AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
15459         AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
15460       }
15461     }
15462     New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
15463     return New;
15464   };
15465 
15466   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
15467   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
15468     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
15469 
15470     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
15471     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
15472       Name = nullptr;
15473       goto CreateNewDecl;
15474     }
15475 
15476     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
15477     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
15478     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
15479       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
15480       if (!DC) {
15481         IsDependent = true;
15482         return nullptr;
15483       }
15484     } else {
15485       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
15486       if (!DC) {
15487         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
15488           << SS.getRange();
15489         return nullptr;
15490       }
15491     }
15492 
15493     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
15494       return nullptr;
15495 
15496     SearchDC = DC;
15497     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
15498     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
15499 
15500     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
15501       return nullptr;
15502 
15503     if (Previous.empty()) {
15504       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
15505       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
15506       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
15507       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
15508       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
15509       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
15510       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
15511           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
15512         IsDependent = true;
15513         return nullptr;
15514       }
15515 
15516       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
15517       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
15518         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
15519       Name = nullptr;
15520       Invalid = true;
15521       goto CreateNewDecl;
15522     }
15523   } else if (Name) {
15524     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
15525     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
15526     //   name different from T:
15527     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
15528     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
15529         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
15530       return nullptr;
15531 
15532     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
15533     // declaration or definition.
15534     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
15535     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
15536     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
15537     LookupName(Previous, S);
15538 
15539     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
15540     // by types using'ed into this scope.
15541     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
15542         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
15543       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
15544       while (F.hasNext()) {
15545         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
15546         if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
15547                 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
15548           F.erase();
15549       }
15550       F.done();
15551     }
15552 
15553     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
15554     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
15555     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
15556     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
15557     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
15558     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
15559     //
15560     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
15561     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
15562     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
15563     //
15564     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
15565     // semantic context?
15566     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15567       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
15568       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
15569       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
15570       while (F.hasNext()) {
15571         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
15572         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
15573         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
15574             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
15575           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
15576             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
15577           else
15578             F.erase();
15579         }
15580       }
15581       F.done();
15582 
15583       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
15584       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
15585       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
15586         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
15587         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
15588             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
15589       }
15590     }
15591 
15592     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
15593     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
15594       return nullptr;
15595 
15596     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
15597       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
15598       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
15599       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
15600       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
15601       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
15602         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
15603     }
15604   }
15605 
15606   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
15607       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
15608     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
15609     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
15610     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
15611     Previous.clear();
15612   }
15613 
15614   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
15615       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
15616     if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
15617       // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
15618       isStdBadAlloc = true;
15619 
15620       // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
15621       // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
15622       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
15623       if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
15624         Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
15625     } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
15626       isStdAlignValT = true;
15627       if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
15628         Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
15629     }
15630   }
15631 
15632   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
15633   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
15634   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
15635   // there's a shadow friend decl.
15636   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
15637       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) {
15638     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
15639     assert(SS.isEmpty());
15640 
15641     if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) {
15642       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
15643       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
15644       //
15645       //          class-key identifier
15646       //
15647       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
15648       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
15649       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
15650       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
15651       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
15652       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
15653       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
15654       //      declaration.
15655       //
15656       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
15657       // C structs and unions.
15658       //
15659       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
15660       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
15661       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
15662       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
15663       //
15664       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
15665       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
15666       //
15667       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
15668       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
15669       // lexical context,
15670       SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
15671 
15672       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
15673       S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
15674     } else {
15675       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
15676       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
15677       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
15678       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
15679       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
15680       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
15681     }
15682 
15683     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
15684     // diagnose some problems.
15685     // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
15686     // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
15687     // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier.  In C that is not correct
15688     // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
15689     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15690       // FIXME: This can perform qualified lookups into function contexts,
15691       // which are meaningless.
15692       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
15693       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
15694     } else {
15695       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
15696       LookupName(Previous, S);
15697     }
15698   }
15699 
15700   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
15701   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
15702     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
15703 
15704   if (!Previous.empty()) {
15705     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
15706     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
15707 
15708     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
15709     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
15710     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
15711     // in C++.
15712     //
15713     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
15714     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
15715     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
15716     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
15717     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15718       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15719         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
15720           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
15721           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
15722               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
15723                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
15724             PrevDecl = Tag;
15725             Previous.clear();
15726             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
15727             Previous.resolveKind();
15728           }
15729         }
15730       }
15731     }
15732 
15733     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
15734     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
15735     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
15736     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
15737       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
15738       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
15739           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) &&
15740           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
15741                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
15742         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
15743         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
15744              diag::note_using_decl_target);
15745         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
15746             << 0;
15747         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
15748         Previous.clear();
15749         goto CreateNewDecl;
15750       }
15751     }
15752 
15753     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15754       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
15755       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
15756       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
15757       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
15758           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
15759                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
15760         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
15761         // struct or something similar.
15762         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
15763                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
15764                                           Name)) {
15765           bool SafeToContinue
15766             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
15767                Kind != TTK_Enum);
15768           if (SafeToContinue)
15769             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
15770               << Name
15771               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
15772                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
15773           else
15774             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
15775           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
15776 
15777           if (SafeToContinue)
15778             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
15779           else {
15780             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
15781             Name = nullptr;
15782             Previous.clear();
15783             Invalid = true;
15784           }
15785         }
15786 
15787         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
15788           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
15789           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)
15790             return PrevTagDecl;
15791 
15792           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
15793           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
15794             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
15795           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
15796             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
15797 
15798           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
15799           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
15800           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
15801           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
15802                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
15803                                      IsFixed, PrevEnum))
15804             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
15805         }
15806 
15807         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
15808         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
15809         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
15810         //   and then later defined.
15811         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
15812             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
15813           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
15814           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15815         }
15816 
15817         if (!Invalid) {
15818           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
15819           // we have attributes.
15820           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15821             if (!Attrs.empty()) {
15822               // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
15823               // declaration to hold them.
15824             } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference &&
15825                        (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
15826                             Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
15827                         PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) &&
15828                        SS.isEmpty()) {
15829               // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
15830               // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
15831               // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
15832               // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
15833               // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
15834               // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
15835               // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
15836               if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
15837                        ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
15838                 return PrevTagDecl;
15839               // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
15840               // that scope.
15841               S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
15842             } else {
15843               return PrevTagDecl;
15844             }
15845           }
15846 
15847           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
15848           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
15849             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
15850               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
15851               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
15852               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
15853               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
15854               if (isMemberSpecialization) {
15855                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
15856                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
15857                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
15858                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
15859                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
15860                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
15861                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
15862                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
15863               }
15864 
15865               // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do
15866               // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However,
15867               // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in
15868               // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89).
15869               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
15870               if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
15871                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
15872                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
15873                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
15874                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
15875                 // use it in place of this one.
15876                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15877                   // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we
15878                   // complete parsing the new one and do the structural
15879                   // comparison.
15880                   SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true;
15881                   SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl();
15882                   SkipBody->Previous = Def;
15883                   return Def;
15884                 } else {
15885                   SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
15886                   SkipBody->Previous = Def;
15887                   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
15888                   // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll
15889                   // skip starting the definitiion later.
15890                 }
15891               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
15892                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
15893                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
15894                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
15895                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
15896                 else
15897                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
15898                 notePreviousDefinition(Def,
15899                                        NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc);
15900                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
15901                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
15902                 // references get the previous definition.
15903                 Name = nullptr;
15904                 Previous.clear();
15905                 Invalid = true;
15906               }
15907             } else {
15908               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
15909               // about a nested redefinition.
15910               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
15911               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
15912                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
15913                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
15914                      diag::note_previous_definition);
15915                 Name = nullptr;
15916                 Previous.clear();
15917                 Invalid = true;
15918               }
15919             }
15920 
15921             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
15922             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
15923           }
15924 
15925           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
15926           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
15927           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
15928           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
15929             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
15930             AS = AS_none;
15931           }
15932         }
15933         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
15934         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
15935 
15936       } else {
15937         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
15938         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
15939         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
15940         // have distinct types.
15941         Previous.clear();
15942       }
15943       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
15944       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
15945       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
15946 
15947     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
15948     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
15949     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
15950     } else {
15951       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
15952       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
15953       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
15954       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
15955           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
15956         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
15957         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK
15958                                                        << Kind;
15959         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
15960         Invalid = true;
15961 
15962       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
15963       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
15964                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
15965         // do nothing
15966 
15967       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
15968       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15969         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
15970         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
15971         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
15972         Invalid = true;
15973 
15974       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
15975       // case here.
15976       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15977         unsigned Kind = 0;
15978         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
15979         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
15980           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
15981         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
15982         Invalid = true;
15983 
15984       // Otherwise, diagnose.
15985       } else {
15986         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
15987         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
15988         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
15989         notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc);
15990         Name = nullptr;
15991         Invalid = true;
15992       }
15993 
15994       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
15995       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
15996       Previous.clear();
15997     }
15998   }
15999 
16000 CreateNewDecl:
16001 
16002   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
16003   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
16004     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
16005 
16006   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
16007   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
16008   // keyword.
16009   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
16010 
16011   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
16012   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
16013   // PrevDecl.
16014   TagDecl *New;
16015 
16016   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
16017     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
16018     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
16019     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16020                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
16021                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
16022 
16023     if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
16024       StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
16025 
16026     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
16027     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
16028       TagDecl *Def;
16029       if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
16030         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
16031         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
16032       }
16033       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
16034         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
16035           << New;
16036         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
16037       } else {
16038         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
16039         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
16040           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
16041         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
16042           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
16043         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
16044       }
16045     }
16046 
16047     if (EnumUnderlying) {
16048       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
16049       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
16050         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
16051       else
16052         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
16053       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
16054       assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete");
16055     }
16056   } else {
16057     // struct/union/class
16058 
16059     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
16060     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
16061     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16062       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
16063       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16064                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
16065 
16066       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
16067         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
16068     } else
16069       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16070                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
16071   }
16072 
16073   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
16074   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
16075   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) &&
16076       TUK == TUK_Definition) {
16077     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
16078       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16079     Invalid = true;
16080   }
16081 
16082   if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition &&
16083       DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) {
16084     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum)
16085       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16086     Invalid = true;
16087   }
16088 
16089   // Maybe add qualifier info.
16090   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
16091     if (SS.isSet()) {
16092       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
16093       // nested-name-specifier against the current context.
16094       if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
16095           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc,
16096                                        isMemberSpecialization))
16097         Invalid = true;
16098 
16099       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
16100       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
16101         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
16102       }
16103     }
16104     else
16105       Invalid = true;
16106   }
16107 
16108   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
16109     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
16110     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
16111     //
16112     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
16113     // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
16114     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
16115     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
16116     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
16117     // parsing of the struct).
16118     if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
16119       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
16120       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
16121     }
16122   }
16123 
16124   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
16125     if (isMemberSpecialization)
16126       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
16127         << 2
16128         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
16129     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
16130     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
16131     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
16132     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
16133       New->setModulePrivate();
16134   }
16135 
16136   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
16137   // check the specialization.
16138   if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
16139     Invalid = true;
16140 
16141   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
16142   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
16143   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
16144   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
16145       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
16146     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16147       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
16148       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
16149       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
16150         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
16151             << Name;
16152         Invalid = true;
16153       }
16154     } else if (!PrevDecl) {
16155       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16156     }
16157   }
16158 
16159   if (Invalid)
16160     New->setInvalidDecl();
16161 
16162   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
16163   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
16164   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
16165 
16166   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
16167   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
16168   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
16169   // the tag name visible.
16170   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
16171     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
16172 
16173   // Set the access specifier.
16174   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
16175     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
16176 
16177   if (PrevDecl)
16178     CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl);
16179 
16180   if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip))
16181     New->startDefinition();
16182 
16183   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
16184   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
16185 
16186   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
16187   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
16188     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
16189     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
16190     if (PrevDecl)
16191       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
16192 
16193     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
16194     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
16195     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
16196       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
16197         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
16198   } else if (Name) {
16199     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
16200     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true);
16201   } else {
16202     CurContext->addDecl(New);
16203   }
16204 
16205   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
16206   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
16207     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
16208         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
16209         II->isStr("FILE"))
16210       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
16211 
16212   if (PrevDecl)
16213     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
16214 
16215   if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New))
16216     inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRD);
16217 
16218   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
16219   // record.
16220   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
16221 
16222   if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl())
16223     CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous);
16224 
16225   OwnedDecl = true;
16226   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
16227   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
16228   if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16229     if (New->isBeingDefined())
16230       if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New))
16231         RD->completeDefinition();
16232     return nullptr;
16233   } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) {
16234     return SkipBody->Previous;
16235   } else {
16236     return New;
16237   }
16238 }
16239 
16240 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
16241   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16242   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16243 
16244   // Enter the tag context.
16245   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
16246 
16247   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
16248 
16249   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
16250   // record.
16251   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
16252 }
16253 
16254 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev,
16255                                     SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) {
16256   if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New))
16257     return false;
16258 
16259   // Make the previous decl visible.
16260   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous);
16261   return true;
16262 }
16263 
16264 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
16265   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
16266          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
16267   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
16268   assert(OCD->getLexicalParent() == CurContext &&
16269       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
16270   CurContext = OCD;
16271   return IDecl;
16272 }
16273 
16274 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
16275                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
16276                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
16277                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
16278   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16279   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
16280 
16281   FieldCollector->StartClass();
16282 
16283   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
16284     return;
16285 
16286   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
16287     Record->addAttr(FinalAttr::Create(
16288         Context, FinalLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword,
16289         static_cast<FinalAttr::Spelling>(IsFinalSpelledSealed)));
16290 
16291   // C++ [class]p2:
16292   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
16293   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
16294   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
16295   //   as if it were a public member name.
16296   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create(
16297       Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(),
16298       Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(),
16299       /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
16300       /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
16301   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
16302   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
16303   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
16304   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
16305       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
16306   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
16307   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
16308          "Broken injected-class-name");
16309 }
16310 
16311 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
16312                                     SourceRange BraceRange) {
16313   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16314   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16315   Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
16316 
16317   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
16318   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
16319     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
16320     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
16321       RD->completeDefinition();
16322   }
16323 
16324   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
16325     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
16326   }
16327 
16328   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
16329   PopDeclContext();
16330 
16331   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
16332       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
16333     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
16334 
16335   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
16336   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
16337     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
16338 }
16339 
16340 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
16341   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
16342   PopDeclContext();
16343 }
16344 
16345 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
16346   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
16347   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
16348   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
16349 }
16350 
16351 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
16352   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
16353   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
16354 }
16355 
16356 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
16357   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16358   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16359   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
16360 
16361   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
16362   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
16363     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
16364       RD->completeDefinition();
16365   }
16366 
16367   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
16368   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
16369   // the FieldCollector.
16370 
16371   PopDeclContext();
16372 }
16373 
16374 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
16375 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
16376                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
16377                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
16378                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
16379   assert(BitWidth);
16380   if (BitWidth->containsErrors())
16381     return ExprError();
16382 
16383   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
16384   if (ZeroWidth)
16385     *ZeroWidth = true;
16386 
16387   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
16388   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
16389   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
16390     // Handle incomplete and sizeless types with a specific error.
16391     if (RequireCompleteSizedType(FieldLoc, FieldTy,
16392                                  diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless))
16393       return ExprError();
16394     if (FieldName)
16395       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
16396         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
16397     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
16398       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
16399   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
16400                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
16401     return ExprError();
16402 
16403   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
16404   // it now.
16405   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
16406     return BitWidth;
16407 
16408   llvm::APSInt Value;
16409   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value, AllowFold);
16410   if (ICE.isInvalid())
16411     return ICE;
16412   BitWidth = ICE.get();
16413 
16414   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
16415     *ZeroWidth = false;
16416 
16417   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
16418   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
16419     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
16420 
16421   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
16422     if (FieldName)
16423       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
16424                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
16425     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
16426       << Value.toString(10);
16427   }
16428 
16429   // The size of the bit-field must not exceed our maximum permitted object
16430   // size.
16431   if (Value.getActiveBits() > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
16432     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_too_wide)
16433            << !FieldName << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
16434   }
16435 
16436   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
16437     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
16438     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
16439     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
16440 
16441     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
16442     // ABI.
16443     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
16444         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
16445     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
16446         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
16447         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
16448     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
16449       unsigned DiagWidth =
16450           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
16451       if (FieldName)
16452         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16453                << FieldName << Value.toString(10)
16454                << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
16455 
16456       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16457              << Value.toString(10) << !CStdConstraintViolation
16458              << DiagWidth;
16459     }
16460 
16461     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
16462     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
16463     // 'bool'.
16464     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType() && FieldName) {
16465       Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16466           << FieldName << Value.toString(10)
16467           << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
16468     }
16469   }
16470 
16471   return BitWidth;
16472 }
16473 
16474 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
16475 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
16476 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
16477                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
16478   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
16479                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
16480                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
16481   return Res;
16482 }
16483 
16484 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
16485 ///
16486 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
16487                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
16488                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
16489                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
16490                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
16491   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
16492     const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
16493     Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
16494       << Decomp.getSourceRange();
16495     return nullptr;
16496   }
16497 
16498   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
16499   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
16500   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
16501 
16502   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
16503   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
16504   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16505     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
16506 
16507     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
16508                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
16509       D.setInvalidType();
16510       T = Context.IntTy;
16511       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
16512     }
16513   }
16514 
16515   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
16516 
16517   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
16518     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
16519         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
16520   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
16521     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
16522          diag::err_invalid_thread)
16523       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
16524 
16525   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
16526   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
16527   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
16528                         ForVisibleRedeclaration);
16529   LookupName(Previous, S);
16530   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
16531     case LookupResult::Found:
16532     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
16533       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
16534       break;
16535 
16536     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
16537       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
16538       break;
16539 
16540     case LookupResult::NotFound:
16541     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
16542     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
16543       break;
16544   }
16545   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
16546 
16547   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
16548     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
16549     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
16550     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
16551     PrevDecl = nullptr;
16552   }
16553 
16554   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
16555     PrevDecl = nullptr;
16556 
16557   bool Mutable
16558     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
16559   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc();
16560   FieldDecl *NewFD
16561     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
16562                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
16563 
16564   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
16565     Record->setInvalidDecl();
16566 
16567   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
16568     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
16569 
16570   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
16571     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
16572     // with the same name in the same scope.
16573   } else if (II) {
16574     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
16575   } else
16576     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
16577 
16578   return NewFD;
16579 }
16580 
16581 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
16582 ///
16583 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
16584 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
16585 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
16586 /// created.
16587 ///
16588 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
16589 ///
16590 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
16591 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
16592                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
16593                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
16594                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
16595                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
16596                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
16597                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
16598                                 Declarator *D) {
16599   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
16600   bool InvalidDecl = false;
16601   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
16602 
16603   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
16604   // marking this declaration as invalid.
16605   if (T.isNull() || T->containsErrors()) {
16606     InvalidDecl = true;
16607     T = Context.IntTy;
16608   }
16609 
16610   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
16611   if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && !EltTy->containsErrors()) {
16612     if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Loc, EltTy,
16613                                  diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) {
16614       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
16615       Record->setInvalidDecl();
16616       InvalidDecl = true;
16617     } else {
16618       NamedDecl *Def;
16619       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
16620       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
16621         Record->setInvalidDecl();
16622         InvalidDecl = true;
16623       }
16624     }
16625   }
16626 
16627   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space
16628   if (T.hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() ||
16629       T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) {
16630     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
16631     Record->setInvalidDecl();
16632     InvalidDecl = true;
16633   }
16634 
16635   if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
16636     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
16637     // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
16638     if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() ||
16639         T->isBlockPointerType()) {
16640       Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
16641       Record->setInvalidDecl();
16642       InvalidDecl = true;
16643     }
16644     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
16645     if (BitWidth) {
16646       Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
16647       InvalidDecl = true;
16648     }
16649   }
16650 
16651   // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229).
16652   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth &&
16653       T.hasQualifiers()) {
16654     InvalidDecl = true;
16655     Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers);
16656   }
16657 
16658   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
16659   // than a variably modified type.
16660   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
16661     bool SizeIsNegative;
16662     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
16663 
16664     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
16665       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
16666                                                     SizeIsNegative,
16667                                                     Oversized);
16668     if (FixedTInfo) {
16669       Diag(Loc, diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
16670       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
16671       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
16672     } else {
16673       if (SizeIsNegative)
16674         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
16675       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
16676         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
16677           << Oversized.toString(10);
16678       else
16679         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
16680       InvalidDecl = true;
16681     }
16682   }
16683 
16684   // Fields can not have abstract class types
16685   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
16686                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
16687                                              AbstractFieldType))
16688     InvalidDecl = true;
16689 
16690   bool ZeroWidth = false;
16691   if (InvalidDecl)
16692     BitWidth = nullptr;
16693   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
16694   if (BitWidth) {
16695     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
16696                               &ZeroWidth).get();
16697     if (!BitWidth) {
16698       InvalidDecl = true;
16699       BitWidth = nullptr;
16700       ZeroWidth = false;
16701     }
16702   }
16703 
16704   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
16705   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
16706     unsigned DiagID = 0;
16707     if (T->isReferenceType())
16708       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
16709                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
16710     else if (T.isConstQualified())
16711       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
16712 
16713     if (DiagID) {
16714       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
16715       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
16716         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
16717       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
16718       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
16719         Mutable = false;
16720         InvalidDecl = true;
16721       }
16722     }
16723   }
16724 
16725   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
16726   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
16727   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
16728   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
16729     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
16730 
16731   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
16732                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
16733   if (InvalidDecl)
16734     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16735 
16736   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16737     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
16738     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16739     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16740   }
16741 
16742   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16743     if (Record->isUnion()) {
16744       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
16745         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
16746         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
16747           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
16748           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
16749           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
16750           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
16751           // objects.
16752           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
16753             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16754         }
16755       }
16756 
16757       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
16758       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
16759       // enabled.
16760       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
16761         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
16762                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
16763                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
16764           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
16765         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
16766           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16767       }
16768     }
16769   }
16770 
16771   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
16772   // representation, not a parser representation.
16773   if (D) {
16774     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
16775     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
16776 
16777     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
16778       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
16779   }
16780 
16781   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
16782   // retainable type.
16783   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
16784     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16785 
16786   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
16787     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
16788 
16789   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as field types.
16790   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
16791       CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewFD->getLocation()))
16792     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16793 
16794   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
16795   return NewFD;
16796 }
16797 
16798 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
16799   assert(FD);
16800   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
16801 
16802   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
16803     return false;
16804 
16805   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
16806   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
16807     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
16808     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
16809       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
16810       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
16811       // copy constructors.
16812 
16813       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
16814       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
16815       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
16816       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
16817       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
16818       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
16819       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
16820         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
16821       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
16822         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
16823       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
16824         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
16825       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
16826         member = CXXDestructor;
16827 
16828       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
16829         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
16830             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
16831           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
16832           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
16833           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
16834           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
16835           // members unavailable.
16836           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
16837           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
16838             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
16839               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
16840                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
16841             return false;
16842           }
16843         }
16844 
16845         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
16846                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
16847                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
16848           << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
16849         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
16850         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
16851       }
16852     }
16853   }
16854 
16855   return false;
16856 }
16857 
16858 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
16859 ///  AST enum value.
16860 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
16861 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
16862   switch (ivarVisibility) {
16863   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
16864   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
16865   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
16866   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
16867   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
16868   }
16869 }
16870 
16871 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
16872 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
16873 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
16874                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
16875                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
16876                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
16877 
16878   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
16879   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
16880   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
16881   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
16882 
16883   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
16884   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
16885 
16886   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
16887   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
16888 
16889   if (BitWidth) {
16890     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
16891     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
16892     if (!BitWidth)
16893       D.setInvalidType();
16894   } else {
16895     // Not a bitfield.
16896 
16897     // validate II.
16898 
16899   }
16900   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
16901     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
16902     D.setInvalidType();
16903   }
16904   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
16905   // than a variably modified type.
16906   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
16907     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
16908     D.setInvalidType();
16909   }
16910 
16911   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
16912   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
16913     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
16914                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
16915   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
16916   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
16917   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
16918     return nullptr;
16919   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
16920   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
16921       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
16922     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
16923     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
16924       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
16925       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
16926     }
16927     else
16928       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
16929   } else {
16930     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
16931         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
16932       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
16933         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
16934         return nullptr;
16935       }
16936     }
16937     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
16938   }
16939 
16940   // Construct the decl.
16941   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
16942                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
16943                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
16944 
16945   if (II) {
16946     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
16947                                            ForVisibleRedeclaration);
16948     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
16949         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16950       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
16951       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16952       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
16953     }
16954   }
16955 
16956   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
16957   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
16958 
16959   if (D.isInvalidType())
16960     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
16961 
16962   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
16963   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
16964     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
16965 
16966   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
16967     NewID->setModulePrivate();
16968 
16969   if (II) {
16970     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
16971     // these to the interface.
16972     S->AddDecl(NewID);
16973     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
16974   }
16975 
16976   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
16977       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
16978     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
16979 
16980   return NewID;
16981 }
16982 
16983 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
16984 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
16985 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
16986 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
16987 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
16988                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
16989   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
16990     return;
16991 
16992   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
16993   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
16994 
16995   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
16996     return;
16997   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
16998   if (!ID) {
16999     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
17000       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
17001         return;
17002     }
17003     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
17004     else
17005       return;
17006   }
17007   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
17008   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
17009   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
17010 
17011   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
17012                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
17013                               Context.CharTy,
17014                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
17015                                                                DeclLoc),
17016                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
17017                               true);
17018   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
17019 }
17020 
17021 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
17022                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
17023                        SourceLocation RBrac,
17024                        const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
17025   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
17026 
17027   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
17028   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
17029   // it will now change.
17030   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17031     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17032     switch (DC->getKind()) {
17033     default: break;
17034     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
17035       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
17036       break;
17037     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
17038       Context.
17039         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
17040       break;
17041     }
17042   }
17043 
17044   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17045   CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17046 
17047   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
17048   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
17049   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
17050   if (Record) {
17051     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
17052       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
17053         if (IFD->getDeclName())
17054           ++NumNamedMembers;
17055     }
17056   }
17057 
17058   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
17059   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
17060 
17061   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
17062        i != end; ++i) {
17063     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
17064 
17065     // Get the type for the field.
17066     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
17067 
17068     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
17069       // Remember all fields written by the user.
17070       RecFields.push_back(FD);
17071     }
17072 
17073     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
17074     // diagnostics about it.
17075     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
17076       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17077       continue;
17078     }
17079 
17080     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
17081     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
17082     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
17083     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
17084     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
17085     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
17086     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
17087     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
17088     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
17089     //   array.
17090     bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end());
17091     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
17092       // Field declared as a function.
17093       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
17094         << FD->getDeclName();
17095       FD->setInvalidDecl();
17096       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17097       continue;
17098     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
17099                (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) {
17100       if (Record) {
17101         // Flexible array member.
17102         // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
17103         // It will accept flexible array in union and also
17104         // as the sole element of a struct/class.
17105         unsigned DiagID = 0;
17106         if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) {
17107           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end)
17108             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind();
17109           Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration);
17110           FD->setInvalidDecl();
17111           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17112           continue;
17113         } else if (Record->isUnion())
17114           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
17115                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
17116                        : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
17117                              ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
17118                              : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
17119         else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
17120           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
17121                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
17122                        : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
17123                              ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
17124                              : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate;
17125 
17126         if (DiagID)
17127           Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
17128                                           << Record->getTagKind();
17129         // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
17130         // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
17131         // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
17132         // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
17133         // of the type.
17134         if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0)
17135           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
17136               << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
17137         if (!getLangOpts().C99)
17138           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
17139             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
17140 
17141         // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
17142         // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
17143         //
17144         // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
17145         // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
17146         QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
17147         if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
17148           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
17149             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
17150           FD->setInvalidDecl();
17151           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17152           continue;
17153         }
17154         // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
17155         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
17156       } else {
17157         // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted,
17158         // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done
17159         // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known.
17160       }
17161     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
17162                RequireCompleteSizedType(
17163                    FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
17164                    diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) {
17165       // Incomplete type
17166       FD->setInvalidDecl();
17167       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17168       continue;
17169     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17170       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
17171         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
17172         // flexible array member.
17173         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
17174         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
17175           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
17176           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
17177           // structures.
17178           if (!IsLastField)
17179             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
17180               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
17181           else {
17182             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
17183             // other structs as an extension.
17184             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
17185               << FD->getDeclName();
17186           }
17187         }
17188       }
17189       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
17190           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
17191                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
17192                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
17193         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
17194         FD->setInvalidDecl();
17195       }
17196       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
17197         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17198       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
17199         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
17200     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
17201       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
17202       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
17203         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
17204       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
17205       FD->setType(T);
17206     } else if (Record && Record->isUnion() &&
17207                FD->getType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
17208                getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(FD->getLocation()) &&
17209                !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() &&
17210                (FD->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
17211                 !Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(FD->getType()))) {
17212       // For backward compatibility, fields of C unions declared in system
17213       // headers that have non-trivial ObjC ownership qualifications are marked
17214       // as unavailable unless the qualifier is explicit and __strong. This can
17215       // break ABI compatibility between programs compiled with ARC and MRR, but
17216       // is a better option than rejecting programs using those unions under
17217       // ARC.
17218       FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(
17219           Context, "", UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership,
17220           FD->getLocation()));
17221     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
17222                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && Record &&
17223                !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
17224       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
17225           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
17226         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17227       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
17228         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
17229         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
17230             BaseType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
17231           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17232         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
17233                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
17234                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17235       }
17236     }
17237 
17238     if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
17239         !shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) {
17240       QualType FT = FD->getType();
17241       if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) {
17242         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true);
17243         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
17244             Record->isUnion())
17245           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(true);
17246       }
17247       QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy();
17248       if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) {
17249         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true);
17250         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
17251           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(true);
17252       }
17253       if (FT.isDestructedType()) {
17254         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true);
17255         Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true);
17256         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
17257           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(true);
17258       }
17259 
17260       if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17261         if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() ==
17262             RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs)
17263           Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs);
17264       } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
17265         Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs);
17266     }
17267 
17268     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
17269       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
17270     // Keep track of the number of named members.
17271     if (FD->getIdentifier())
17272       ++NumNamedMembers;
17273   }
17274 
17275   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
17276   if (Record) {
17277     bool Completed = false;
17278     if (CXXRecord) {
17279       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
17280         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
17281         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
17282                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
17283                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
17284           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
17285       }
17286 
17287       // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
17288       AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
17289 
17290       if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
17291         if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
17292           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
17293           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
17294           // problem now.
17295           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
17296             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
17297             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
17298 
17299             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
17300                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
17301                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
17302               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
17303                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
17304                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
17305                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
17306                        "Virtual function without overriding functions?");
17307                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
17308                   continue;
17309 
17310                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
17311                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
17312                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
17313                 //   program is ill-formed.
17314                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
17315                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
17316                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
17317                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
17318                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
17319                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
17320                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
17321                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
17322                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
17323                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
17324 
17325                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
17326               }
17327             }
17328             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
17329             Completed = true;
17330           }
17331         }
17332       }
17333     }
17334 
17335     if (!Completed)
17336       Record->completeDefinition();
17337 
17338     // Handle attributes before checking the layout.
17339     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs);
17340 
17341     // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
17342     if (CXXRecord) {
17343       auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
17344       if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
17345           ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) {
17346         CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted();
17347         SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
17348       }
17349     }
17350 
17351     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
17352       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
17353 
17354       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
17355         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
17356                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
17357                                            IA->getInheritanceModel());
17358     }
17359 
17360     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
17361     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
17362     // compatibility problems.
17363     bool CheckForZeroSize;
17364     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17365       CheckForZeroSize = true;
17366     } else {
17367       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
17368       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
17369       CheckForZeroSize =
17370           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
17371           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && !inTemplateInstantiation() &&
17372           CXXRecord->isCLike();
17373     }
17374     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
17375       bool ZeroSize = true;
17376       bool IsEmpty = true;
17377       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
17378       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
17379                                       E = Record->field_end();
17380            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
17381         IsEmpty = false;
17382         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
17383           if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
17384             ZeroSize = false;
17385         } else {
17386           ++NonBitFields;
17387           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
17388           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
17389               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
17390             ZeroSize = false;
17391         }
17392       }
17393 
17394       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
17395       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
17396       // extern "C" block.
17397       if (ZeroSize) {
17398         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
17399                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
17400                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
17401           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
17402       }
17403 
17404       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
17405       // but are accepted by GCC.
17406       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17407         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
17408                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
17409           << Record->isUnion();
17410       }
17411     }
17412   } else {
17413     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
17414       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
17415     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17416       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
17417       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
17418       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17419         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
17420         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
17421       }
17422       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
17423       // duplicates.
17424       if (ID->getSuperClass())
17425         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
17426     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
17427                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17428       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
17429       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
17430         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
17431         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
17432         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
17433       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
17434       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
17435       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
17436     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
17437                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17438       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
17439       // reported as errors elsewhere.
17440       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
17441       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
17442       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
17443       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
17444       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
17445       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17446         if (IDecl) {
17447           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
17448               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
17449             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
17450                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
17451             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
17452             continue;
17453           }
17454           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
17455             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
17456                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
17457               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
17458                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
17459               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
17460               continue;
17461             }
17462           }
17463         }
17464         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
17465         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
17466       }
17467       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
17468       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
17469     }
17470   }
17471 }
17472 
17473 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
17474 /// the given type T.
17475 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
17476                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
17477                                         QualType T) {
17478   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) &&
17479          "Integral type required!");
17480   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
17481 
17482   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
17483     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
17484       --BitWidth;
17485     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
17486   }
17487   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
17488 }
17489 
17490 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
17491 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
17492 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
17493   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
17494   // enum checking below.
17495   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) ||
17496          T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!");
17497   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
17498   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
17499     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
17500   };
17501   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
17502     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
17503     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
17504   };
17505 
17506   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
17507   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
17508                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
17509   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
17510     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
17511       return Types[I];
17512 
17513   return QualType();
17514 }
17515 
17516 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
17517                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
17518                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
17519                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
17520                                           Expr *Val) {
17521   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
17522   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
17523   QualType EltTy;
17524 
17525   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
17526     Val = nullptr;
17527 
17528   if (Val)
17529     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
17530 
17531   if (Val) {
17532     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
17533       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
17534     else {
17535       // FIXME: We don't allow folding in C++11 mode for an enum with a fixed
17536       // underlying type, but do allow it in all other contexts.
17537       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed()) {
17538         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
17539         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
17540         // constant expression of the underlying type.
17541         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17542         ExprResult Converted =
17543           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
17544                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
17545         if (Converted.isInvalid())
17546           Val = nullptr;
17547         else
17548           Val = Converted.get();
17549       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
17550                  !(Val =
17551                        VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal, AllowFold)
17552                            .get())) {
17553         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
17554       } else {
17555         if (Enum->isComplete()) {
17556           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17557 
17558           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
17559           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
17560           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
17561           // expression checking.
17562           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
17563             if (Context.getTargetInfo()
17564                     .getTriple()
17565                     .isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
17566               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
17567             } else {
17568               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
17569             }
17570           }
17571 
17572           // Cast to the underlying type.
17573           Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
17574                                   EltTy->isBooleanType() ? CK_IntegralToBoolean
17575                                                          : CK_IntegralCast)
17576                     .get();
17577         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17578           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
17579           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17580           //   is the type of its initializing value:
17581           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
17582           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
17583           EltTy = Val->getType();
17584         } else {
17585           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
17586           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
17587           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
17588           //   representable as an int.
17589 
17590           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
17591           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
17592             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
17593               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
17594               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
17595           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
17596             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
17597             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
17598           }
17599           EltTy = Val->getType();
17600         }
17601       }
17602     }
17603   }
17604 
17605   if (!Val) {
17606     if (Enum->isDependentType())
17607       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
17608     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
17609       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
17610       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17611       //   is the type of its initializing value:
17612       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
17613       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
17614       //
17615       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
17616       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
17617       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
17618         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17619       }
17620       else {
17621         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
17622       }
17623     } else {
17624       // Assign the last value + 1.
17625       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17626       ++EnumVal;
17627       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
17628 
17629       // Check for overflow on increment.
17630       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
17631         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
17632         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17633         //   is the type of its initializing value:
17634         //
17635         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
17636         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
17637         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
17638         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
17639         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
17640         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
17641         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
17642         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
17643           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
17644           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
17645           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17646           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
17647           ++EnumVal;
17648           if (Enum->isFixed())
17649             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
17650             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
17651               << EnumVal.toString(10)
17652               << EltTy;
17653           else
17654             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
17655               << EnumVal.toString(10);
17656         } else {
17657           EltTy = T;
17658         }
17659 
17660         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
17661         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
17662         // value, then increment.
17663         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17664         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
17665         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
17666         ++EnumVal;
17667 
17668         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
17669         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
17670         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
17671         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
17672         // integral type.
17673         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
17674           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
17675       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
17676                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
17677         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
17678         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
17679           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
17680       }
17681     }
17682   }
17683 
17684   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
17685     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
17686     // enumerator's type.
17687     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
17688     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
17689   }
17690 
17691   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
17692                                   Val, EnumVal);
17693 }
17694 
17695 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
17696                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
17697   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
17698       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
17699     return SkipBodyInfo();
17700 
17701   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
17702   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
17703   // skip the body.
17704   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
17705                                          forRedeclarationInCurContext());
17706   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
17707   if (!PrevECD)
17708     return SkipBodyInfo();
17709 
17710   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
17711   NamedDecl *Hidden;
17712   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
17713     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
17714     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
17715     return Skip;
17716   }
17717 
17718   return SkipBodyInfo();
17719 }
17720 
17721 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
17722                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
17723                               const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs,
17724                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
17725   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
17726   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
17727     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
17728 
17729   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
17730   // we find one that is.
17731   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
17732 
17733   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
17734   // scope.
17735   LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration);
17736   LookupName(R, S);
17737   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
17738 
17739   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
17740     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
17741     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
17742     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
17743     PrevDecl = nullptr;
17744   }
17745 
17746   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
17747   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
17748   // different from T:
17749   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
17750   // enumerated type
17751   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
17752     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
17753                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
17754 
17755   EnumConstantDecl *New =
17756     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
17757   if (!New)
17758     return nullptr;
17759 
17760   if (PrevDecl) {
17761     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
17762       // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled.
17763       CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R);
17764     }
17765 
17766     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
17767     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
17768     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
17769            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
17770     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
17771       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
17772         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
17773       else
17774         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
17775       notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc);
17776       return nullptr;
17777     }
17778   }
17779 
17780   // Process attributes.
17781   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
17782   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
17783 
17784   // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
17785   New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
17786   PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
17787 
17788   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
17789 
17790   return New;
17791 }
17792 
17793 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
17794 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
17795 // Element2 = Element1
17796 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
17797 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
17798 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
17799 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
17800   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
17801   if (!InitExpr)
17802     return true;
17803   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
17804 
17805   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
17806     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
17807       return true;
17808     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
17809     if (!IL)
17810       return true;
17811     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
17812       return true;
17813 
17814     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
17815   }
17816 
17817   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
17818   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
17819   if (!DRE)
17820     return true;
17821 
17822   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
17823   if (!EnumConstant)
17824     return true;
17825 
17826   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
17827       Enum)
17828     return true;
17829 
17830   return false;
17831 }
17832 
17833 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
17834 // a previous element has already been set to.
17835 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
17836                                         EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) {
17837   // Avoid anonymous enums
17838   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
17839     return;
17840 
17841   // Only check for small enums.
17842   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
17843     return;
17844 
17845   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
17846     return;
17847 
17848   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
17849   typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector;
17850 
17851   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
17852 
17853   // DenseMaps cannot contain the all ones int64_t value, so use unordered_map.
17854   typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap;
17855 
17856   // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for map keys.
17857   auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) {
17858     llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal();
17859     return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue();
17860   };
17861 
17862   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
17863   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
17864 
17865   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
17866   // an initializer.
17867   for (auto *Element : Elements) {
17868     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
17869 
17870     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
17871     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
17872     if (!ECD) {
17873       return;
17874     }
17875 
17876     // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop.
17877     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
17878       continue;
17879 
17880     // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop.
17881     EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD});
17882   }
17883 
17884   if (EnumMap.size() == 0)
17885     return;
17886 
17887   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
17888   for (auto *Element : Elements) {
17889     // The last loop returned if any constant was null.
17890     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
17891     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
17892       continue;
17893 
17894     auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD));
17895     if (Iter == EnumMap.end())
17896       continue;
17897 
17898     DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second;
17899     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
17900       // Ensure constants are different.
17901       if (D == ECD)
17902         continue;
17903 
17904       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
17905       auto Vec = std::make_unique<ECDVector>();
17906       Vec->push_back(D);
17907       Vec->push_back(ECD);
17908 
17909       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
17910       Entry = Vec.get();
17911 
17912       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
17913       // diagnostics.
17914       DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec));
17915       continue;
17916     }
17917 
17918     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
17919     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
17920     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
17921       continue;
17922 
17923     Vec->push_back(ECD);
17924   }
17925 
17926   // Emit diagnostics.
17927   for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) {
17928     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
17929 
17930     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
17931     auto *FirstECD = Vec->front();
17932     S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
17933       << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10)
17934       << FirstECD->getSourceRange();
17935 
17936     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
17937     // the same value.
17938     for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end()))
17939       S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
17940         << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10)
17941         << ECD->getSourceRange();
17942   }
17943 }
17944 
17945 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
17946                              bool AllowMask) const {
17947   assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum");
17948   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
17949 
17950   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
17951   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
17952 
17953   if (R.second) {
17954     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
17955       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
17956       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
17957       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
17958         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
17959     }
17960   }
17961 
17962   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
17963   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
17964   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
17965   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
17966   //
17967   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
17968   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
17969   // likely a logic error.
17970   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
17971   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
17972 }
17973 
17974 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
17975                          Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S,
17976                          const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
17977   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
17978   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
17979 
17980   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs);
17981 
17982   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
17983     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17984       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
17985         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
17986       if (!ECD) continue;
17987 
17988       ECD->setType(EnumType);
17989     }
17990 
17991     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
17992     return;
17993   }
17994 
17995   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
17996   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
17997   // emit a warning.
17998   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
17999   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
18000   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
18001 
18002   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
18003   // reverse the list.
18004   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
18005   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
18006 
18007   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
18008   bool AllElementsInt = true;
18009 
18010   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
18011     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
18012       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
18013     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18014 
18015     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18016 
18017     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
18018     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
18019       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
18020                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
18021     else
18022       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
18023                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
18024 
18025     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very common).
18026     if (AllElementsInt)
18027       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
18028   }
18029 
18030   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
18031   QualType BestType;
18032   unsigned BestWidth;
18033 
18034   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
18035   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
18036   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
18037   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
18038   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
18039   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
18040   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
18041   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
18042   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
18043   QualType BestPromotionType;
18044 
18045   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
18046   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
18047   // enum definitions.
18048   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
18049     Packed = true;
18050 
18051   // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the
18052   // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators.
18053   if (Enum->isComplete()) {
18054     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
18055     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
18056       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
18057     else
18058       BestPromotionType = BestType;
18059 
18060     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
18061   }
18062   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
18063     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
18064     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
18065     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
18066     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
18067       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
18068       BestWidth = CharWidth;
18069     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
18070                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
18071       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
18072       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
18073     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
18074       BestType = Context.IntTy;
18075       BestWidth = IntWidth;
18076     } else {
18077       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
18078 
18079       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
18080         BestType = Context.LongTy;
18081       } else {
18082         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
18083 
18084         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
18085           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
18086         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
18087       }
18088     }
18089     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
18090   } else {
18091     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
18092     // all of the enumerator values.
18093     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
18094     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
18095       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
18096       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
18097       BestWidth = CharWidth;
18098     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
18099       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
18100       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
18101       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
18102     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
18103       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
18104       BestWidth = IntWidth;
18105       BestPromotionType
18106         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18107                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
18108     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
18109                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
18110       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
18111       BestPromotionType
18112         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18113                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
18114     } else {
18115       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
18116       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
18117              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
18118       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
18119       BestPromotionType
18120         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18121                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
18122     }
18123   }
18124 
18125   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
18126   // the type of the enum if needed.
18127   for (auto *D : Elements) {
18128     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
18129     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18130 
18131     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
18132     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
18133     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
18134     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
18135     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
18136 
18137     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
18138     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18139 
18140     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
18141     // the enum decl type.
18142     QualType NewTy;
18143     unsigned NewWidth;
18144     bool NewSign;
18145     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
18146         !Enum->isFixed() &&
18147         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
18148       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
18149       NewWidth = IntWidth;
18150       NewSign = true;
18151     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
18152       // Already the right type!
18153       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18154         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
18155         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
18156         // enumeration.
18157         ECD->setType(EnumType);
18158       continue;
18159     } else {
18160       NewTy = BestType;
18161       NewWidth = BestWidth;
18162       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
18163     }
18164 
18165     // Adjust the APSInt value.
18166     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
18167     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
18168     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
18169 
18170     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
18171     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
18172         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
18173       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(
18174           Context, NewTy, CK_IntegralCast, ECD->getInitExpr(),
18175           /*base paths*/ nullptr, VK_RValue, FPOptionsOverride()));
18176     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18177       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
18178       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
18179       // enumeration.
18180       ECD->setType(EnumType);
18181     else
18182       ECD->setType(NewTy);
18183   }
18184 
18185   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
18186                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
18187 
18188   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
18189 
18190   if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) {
18191     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
18192       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
18193       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18194 
18195       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18196       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
18197           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
18198         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
18199           << ECD << Enum;
18200     }
18201   }
18202 
18203   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
18204   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
18205     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
18206 }
18207 
18208 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
18209                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
18210                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
18211   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
18212 
18213   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
18214                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
18215                                                    EndLoc);
18216   CurContext->addDecl(New);
18217   return New;
18218 }
18219 
18220 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18221                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
18222                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18223                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
18224                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
18225   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
18226                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
18227   AttributeCommonInfo Info(AliasName, SourceRange(AliasNameLoc),
18228                            AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma);
18229   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(
18230       Context, AliasName->getName(), /*LiteralLabel=*/true, Info);
18231 
18232   // If a declaration that:
18233   // 1) declares a function or a variable
18234   // 2) has external linkage
18235   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
18236   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
18237     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
18238       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
18239     else
18240       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
18241           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
18242   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
18243   } else
18244     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
18245 }
18246 
18247 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18248                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18249                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
18250   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
18251 
18252   if (PrevDecl) {
18253     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
18254   } else {
18255     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
18256       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
18257         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
18258   }
18259 }
18260 
18261 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18262                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
18263                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18264                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
18265                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
18266   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
18267                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
18268   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
18269 
18270   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
18271     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
18272       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
18273         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
18274   } else {
18275     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
18276       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
18277   }
18278 }
18279 
18280 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
18281   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
18282 }
18283 
18284 Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus Sema::getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *FD,
18285                                                      bool Final) {
18286   // SYCL functions can be template, so we check if they have appropriate
18287   // attribute prior to checking if it is a template.
18288   if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice && FD->hasAttr<SYCLKernelAttr>())
18289     return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18290 
18291   // Templates are emitted when they're instantiated.
18292   if (FD->isDependentContext())
18293     return FunctionEmissionStatus::TemplateDiscarded;
18294 
18295   FunctionEmissionStatus OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown;
18296   if (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice) {
18297     Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy =
18298         OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl());
18299     if (DevTy.hasValue()) {
18300       if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host)
18301         OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18302       else if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost ||
18303                *DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Any) {
18304         OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18305       }
18306     }
18307   } else if (LangOpts.OpenMP) {
18308     // In OpenMP 4.5 all the functions are host functions.
18309     if (LangOpts.OpenMP <= 45) {
18310       OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18311     } else {
18312       Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy =
18313           OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl());
18314       // In OpenMP 5.0 or above, DevTy may be changed later by
18315       // #pragma omp declare target to(*) device_type(*). Therefore DevTy
18316       // having no value does not imply host. The emission status will be
18317       // checked again at the end of compilation unit.
18318       if (DevTy.hasValue()) {
18319         if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost) {
18320           OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18321         } else if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host ||
18322                    *DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Any)
18323           OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18324       } else if (Final)
18325         OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18326     }
18327   }
18328   if (OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded ||
18329       (OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted && !LangOpts.CUDA))
18330     return OMPES;
18331 
18332   if (LangOpts.CUDA) {
18333     // When compiling for device, host functions are never emitted.  Similarly,
18334     // when compiling for host, device and global functions are never emitted.
18335     // (Technically, we do emit a host-side stub for global functions, but this
18336     // doesn't count for our purposes here.)
18337     Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(FD);
18338     if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && T == Sema::CFT_Host)
18339       return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded;
18340     if (!LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice &&
18341         (T == Sema::CFT_Device || T == Sema::CFT_Global))
18342       return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded;
18343 
18344     // Check whether this function is externally visible -- if so, it's
18345     // known-emitted.
18346     //
18347     // We have to check the GVA linkage of the function's *definition* -- if we
18348     // only have a declaration, we don't know whether or not the function will
18349     // be emitted, because (say) the definition could include "inline".
18350     FunctionDecl *Def = FD->getDefinition();
18351 
18352     if (Def &&
18353         !isDiscardableGVALinkage(getASTContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(Def))
18354         && (!LangOpts.OpenMP || OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted))
18355       return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18356   }
18357 
18358   // Otherwise, the function is known-emitted if it's in our set of
18359   // known-emitted functions.
18360   return FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown;
18361 }
18362 
18363 bool Sema::shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee) {
18364   // Host-side references to a __global__ function refer to the stub, so the
18365   // function itself is never emitted and therefore should not be marked.
18366   // If we have host fn calls kernel fn calls host+device, the HD function
18367   // does not get instantiated on the host. We model this by omitting at the
18368   // call to the kernel from the callgraph. This ensures that, when compiling
18369   // for host, only HD functions actually called from the host get marked as
18370   // known-emitted.
18371   return LangOpts.CUDA && !LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice &&
18372          IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) == CFT_Global;
18373 }
18374